Merge pull request #237 from MissPenguin/develop

replace python lanms with c++ version, fix infer_det bug, fix test_im…

ppocr/data/det/db_process.py

@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ class DBProcessTest(object):
     def __init__(self, params):
         super(DBProcessTest, self).__init__()
         self.resize_type = 0
-        if 'det_image_shape' in params:
-            self.image_shape = params['det_image_shape']
+        if 'test_image_shape' in params:
+            self.image_shape = params['test_image_shape']
             # print(self.image_shape)
             self.resize_type = 1
         if 'max_side_len' in params:

ppocr/data/det/east_process.py

@@ -455,17 +455,23 @@ class EASTProcessTrain(object):
 class EASTProcessTest(object):
     def __init__(self, params):
         super(EASTProcessTest, self).__init__()
+        self.resize_type = 0
+        if 'test_image_shape' in params:
+            self.image_shape = params['test_image_shape']
+            # print(self.image_shape)
+            self.resize_type = 1
         if 'max_side_len' in params:
             self.max_side_len = params['max_side_len']
         else:
             self.max_side_len = 2400
 
-    def resize_image(self, im):
+    def resize_image_type0(self, im):
         """
         resize image to a size multiple of 32 which is required by the network
-        :param im: the resized image
-        :param max_side_len: limit of max image size to avoid out of memory in gpu
-        :return: the resized image and the resize ratio
+        args:
+            img(array): array with shape [h, w, c]
+        return(tuple):
+            img, (ratio_h, ratio_w)
         """
         max_side_len = self.max_side_len
         h, w, _ = im.shape
@@ -495,13 +501,30 @@ class EASTProcessTest(object):
             resize_w = 32
         else:
             resize_w = (resize_w // 32 - 1) * 32
+        try:
+            if int(resize_w) <= 0 or int(resize_h) <= 0:
+                return None, (None, None)
             im = cv2.resize(im, (int(resize_w), int(resize_h)))
+        except:
+            print(im.shape, resize_w, resize_h)
+            sys.exit(0)
         ratio_h = resize_h / float(h)
         ratio_w = resize_w / float(w)
         return im, (ratio_h, ratio_w)
 
+    def resize_image_type1(self, im):
+        resize_h, resize_w = self.image_shape
+        ori_h, ori_w = im.shape[:2]  # (h, w, c)
+        im = cv2.resize(im, (int(resize_w), int(resize_h)))
+        ratio_h = float(resize_h) / ori_h
+        ratio_w = float(resize_w) / ori_w
+        return im, (ratio_h, ratio_w)
+
     def __call__(self, im):
-        im, (ratio_h, ratio_w) = self.resize_image(im)
+        if self.resize_type == 0:
+            im, (ratio_h, ratio_w) = self.resize_image_type0(im)
+        else:
+            im, (ratio_h, ratio_w) = self.resize_image_type1(im)
         img_mean = [0.485, 0.456, 0.406]
         img_std = [0.229, 0.224, 0.225]
         im = im[:, :, ::-1].astype(np.float32)

ppocr/modeling/heads/det_east_head.py

@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ from __future__ import print_function
 
 import paddle.fluid as fluid
 from ..common_functions import conv_bn_layer, deconv_bn_layer
+from collections import OrderedDict
 
 
 class EASTHead(object):
@@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ class EASTHead(object):
     def __call__(self, inputs):
         f_common = self.unet_fusion(inputs)
         f_score, f_geo = self.detector_header(f_common)
-        predicts = {}
+        predicts = OrderedDict()
         predicts['f_score'] = f_score
         predicts['f_geo'] = f_geo
         return predicts

ppocr/postprocess/east_postprocess.py

@@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ import numpy as np
 from .locality_aware_nms import nms_locality
 import cv2
 
+import os
+import sys
+__dir__ = os.path.dirname(__file__)
+sys.path.append(__dir__)
+sys.path.append(os.path.join(__dir__, '..'))
+
 
 class EASTPostPocess(object):
     """
@@ -31,6 +37,11 @@ class EASTPostPocess(object):
         self.cover_thresh = params['cover_thresh']
         self.nms_thresh = params['nms_thresh']
         
+        # c++ la-nms is faster, but only support python 3.5
+        self.is_python35 = False
+        if sys.version_info.major == 3 and sys.version_info.minor == 5:
+            self.is_python35 = True
+
     def restore_rectangle_quad(self, origin, geometry):
         """
         Restore rectangle from quadrangle.
@@ -66,6 +77,10 @@ class EASTPostPocess(object):
         boxes = np.zeros((text_box_restored.shape[0], 9), dtype=np.float32)
         boxes[:, :8] = text_box_restored.reshape((-1, 8))
         boxes[:, 8] = score_map[xy_text[:, 0], xy_text[:, 1]]
+        if self.is_python35:
+            import lanms
+            boxes = lanms.merge_quadrangle_n9(boxes, nms_thresh)
+        else:
             boxes = nms_locality(boxes.astype(np.float64), nms_thresh)
         if boxes.shape[0] == 0:
             return []

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/.gitignore

+adaptor.so

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/.ycm_extra_conf.py

+#!/usr/bin/env python
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2014  Google Inc.
+#
+# This file is part of YouCompleteMe.
+#
+# YouCompleteMe is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# YouCompleteMe is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with YouCompleteMe.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+import os
+import sys
+import glob
+import ycm_core
+
+# These are the compilation flags that will be used in case there's no
+# compilation database set (by default, one is not set).
+# CHANGE THIS LIST OF FLAGS. YES, THIS IS THE DROID YOU HAVE BEEN LOOKING FOR.
+sys.path.append(os.path.dirname(__file__))
+
+
+BASE_DIR = os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(__file__))
+
+from plumbum.cmd import python_config
+
+
+flags = [
+    '-Wall',
+    '-Wextra',
+    '-Wnon-virtual-dtor',
+    '-Winvalid-pch',
+    '-Wno-unused-local-typedefs',
+    '-std=c++11',
+    '-x', 'c++',
+    '-Iinclude',
+] + python_config('--cflags').split()
+
+
+# Set this to the absolute path to the folder (NOT the file!) containing the
+# compile_commands.json file to use that instead of 'flags'. See here for
+# more details: http://clang.llvm.org/docs/JSONCompilationDatabase.html
+#
+# Most projects will NOT need to set this to anything; you can just change the
+# 'flags' list of compilation flags.
+compilation_database_folder = ''
+
+if os.path.exists( compilation_database_folder ):
+  database = ycm_core.CompilationDatabase( compilation_database_folder )
+else:
+  database = None
+
+SOURCE_EXTENSIONS = [ '.cpp', '.cxx', '.cc', '.c', '.m', '.mm' ]
+
+def DirectoryOfThisScript():
+  return os.path.dirname( os.path.abspath( __file__ ) )
+
+
+def MakeRelativePathsInFlagsAbsolute( flags, working_directory ):
+  if not working_directory:
+    return list( flags )
+  new_flags = []
+  make_next_absolute = False
+  path_flags = [ '-isystem', '-I', '-iquote', '--sysroot=' ]
+  for flag in flags:
+    new_flag = flag
+
+    if make_next_absolute:
+      make_next_absolute = False
+      if not flag.startswith( '/' ):
+        new_flag = os.path.join( working_directory, flag )
+
+    for path_flag in path_flags:
+      if flag == path_flag:
+        make_next_absolute = True
+        break
+
+      if flag.startswith( path_flag ):
+        path = flag[ len( path_flag ): ]
+        new_flag = path_flag + os.path.join( working_directory, path )
+        break
+
+    if new_flag:
+      new_flags.append( new_flag )
+  return new_flags
+
+
+def IsHeaderFile( filename ):
+  extension = os.path.splitext( filename )[ 1 ]
+  return extension in [ '.h', '.hxx', '.hpp', '.hh' ]
+
+
+def GetCompilationInfoForFile( filename ):
+  # The compilation_commands.json file generated by CMake does not have entries
+  # for header files. So we do our best by asking the db for flags for a
+  # corresponding source file, if any. If one exists, the flags for that file
+  # should be good enough.
+  if IsHeaderFile( filename ):
+    basename = os.path.splitext( filename )[ 0 ]
+    for extension in SOURCE_EXTENSIONS:
+      replacement_file = basename + extension
+      if os.path.exists( replacement_file ):
+        compilation_info = database.GetCompilationInfoForFile(
+          replacement_file )
+        if compilation_info.compiler_flags_:
+          return compilation_info
+    return None
+  return database.GetCompilationInfoForFile( filename )
+
+
+# This is the entry point; this function is called by ycmd to produce flags for
+# a file.
+def FlagsForFile( filename, **kwargs ):
+  if database:
+    # Bear in mind that compilation_info.compiler_flags_ does NOT return a
+    # python list, but a "list-like" StringVec object
+    compilation_info = GetCompilationInfoForFile( filename )
+    if not compilation_info:
+      return None
+
+    final_flags = MakeRelativePathsInFlagsAbsolute(
+      compilation_info.compiler_flags_,
+      compilation_info.compiler_working_dir_ )
+  else:
+    relative_to = DirectoryOfThisScript()
+    final_flags = MakeRelativePathsInFlagsAbsolute( flags, relative_to )
+
+  return {
+    'flags': final_flags,
+    'do_cache': True
+  }
+

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/Makefile

+CXXFLAGS = -I include  -std=c++11 -O3 $(shell python3-config --cflags)
+LDFLAGS = $(shell python3-config --ldflags)
+
+DEPS = lanms.h $(shell find include -xtype f)
+CXX_SOURCES = adaptor.cpp include/clipper/clipper.cpp
+
+LIB_SO = adaptor.so
+
+$(LIB_SO): $(CXX_SOURCES) $(DEPS)
+	$(CXX) -o $@ $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(CXX_SOURCES) --shared -fPIC
+
+clean:
+	rm -rf $(LIB_SO)

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/__init__.py

+import subprocess
+import os
+import numpy as np
+
+BASE_DIR = os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(__file__))
+
+if subprocess.call(['make', '-C', BASE_DIR]) != 0:  # return value
+    raise RuntimeError('Cannot compile lanms: {}'.format(BASE_DIR))
+
+
+def merge_quadrangle_n9(polys, thres=0.3, precision=10000):
+    from .adaptor import merge_quadrangle_n9 as nms_impl
+    if len(polys) == 0:
+        return np.array([], dtype='float32')
+    p = polys.copy()
+    p[:,:8] *= precision
+    ret = np.array(nms_impl(p, thres), dtype='float32')
+    ret[:,:8] /= precision
+    return ret
+

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/__main__.py

+import numpy as np
+
+
+from . import merge_quadrangle_n9
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    # unit square with confidence 1
+    q = np.array([0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1], dtype='float32')
+
+    print(merge_quadrangle_n9(np.array([q, q + 0.1, q + 2])))

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/adaptor.cpp

+#include "pybind11/pybind11.h"
+#include "pybind11/numpy.h"
+#include "pybind11/stl.h"
+#include "pybind11/stl_bind.h"
+
+#include "lanms.h"
+
+namespace py = pybind11;
+
+
+namespace lanms_adaptor {
+
+	std::vector<std::vector<float>> polys2floats(const std::vector<lanms::Polygon> &polys) {
+		std::vector<std::vector<float>> ret;
+		for (size_t i = 0; i < polys.size(); i ++) {
+			auto &p = polys[i];
+			auto &poly = p.poly;
+			ret.emplace_back(std::vector<float>{
+					float(poly[0].X), float(poly[0].Y),
+					float(poly[1].X), float(poly[1].Y),
+					float(poly[2].X), float(poly[2].Y),
+					float(poly[3].X), float(poly[3].Y),
+					float(p.score),
+					});
+		}
+
+		return ret;
+	}
+
+
+	/**
+	 *
+	 * \param quad_n9 an n-by-9 numpy array, where first 8 numbers denote the
+	 *		quadrangle, and the last one is the score
+	 * \param iou_threshold two quadrangles with iou score above this threshold
+	 *		will be merged
+	 *
+	 * \return an n-by-9 numpy array, the merged quadrangles
+	 */
+	std::vector<std::vector<float>> merge_quadrangle_n9(
+			py::array_t<float, py::array::c_style | py::array::forcecast> quad_n9,
+			float iou_threshold) {
+		auto pbuf = quad_n9.request();
+		if (pbuf.ndim != 2 || pbuf.shape[1] != 9)
+			throw std::runtime_error("quadrangles must have a shape of (n, 9)");
+		auto n = pbuf.shape[0];
+		auto ptr = static_cast<float *>(pbuf.ptr);
+		return polys2floats(lanms::merge_quadrangle_n9(ptr, n, iou_threshold));
+	}
+
+}
+
+PYBIND11_PLUGIN(adaptor) {
+	py::module m("adaptor", "NMS");
+
+	m.def("merge_quadrangle_n9", &lanms_adaptor::merge_quadrangle_n9,
+			"merge quadrangels");
+
+	return m.ptr();
+}
+

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/clipper/clipper.cpp

+/*******************************************************************************
+*                                                                              *
+* Author    :  Angus Johnson                                                   *
+* Version   :  6.4.0                                                           *
+* Date      :  2 July 2015                                                     *
+* Website   :  http://www.angusj.com                                           *
+* Copyright :  Angus Johnson 2010-2015                                         *
+*                                                                              *
+* License:                                                                     *
+* Use, modification & distribution is subject to Boost Software License Ver 1. *
+* http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt                                         *
+*                                                                              *
+* Attributions:                                                                *
+* The code in this library is an extension of Bala Vatti's clipping algorithm: *
+* "A generic solution to polygon clipping"                                     *
+* Communications of the ACM, Vol 35, Issue 7 (July 1992) pp 56-63.             *
+* http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906                                 *
+*                                                                              *
+* Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms      *
+* By Max K. Agoston                                                            *
+* Springer; 1 edition (January 4, 2005)                                        *
+* http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston                       *
+*                                                                              *
+* See also:                                                                    *
+* "Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers"                            *
+* Paper no. DETC2005-85513 pp. 565-575                                         *
+* ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences             *
+* and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference (IDETC/CIE2005)      *
+* September 24-28, 2005 , Long Beach, California, USA                          *
+* http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf              *
+*                                                                              *
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+*                                                                              *
+* This is a translation of the Delphi Clipper library and the naming style     *
+* used has retained a Delphi flavour.                                          *
+*                                                                              *
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+#include "clipper.hpp"
+#include <cmath>
+#include <vector>
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <stdexcept>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <ostream>
+#include <functional>
+
+namespace ClipperLib {
+
+static double const pi = 3.141592653589793238;
+static double const two_pi = pi *2;
+static double const def_arc_tolerance = 0.25;
+
+enum Direction { dRightToLeft, dLeftToRight };
+
+static int const Unassigned = -1;  //edge not currently 'owning' a solution
+static int const Skip = -2;        //edge that would otherwise close a path
+
+#define HORIZONTAL (-1.0E+40)
+#define TOLERANCE (1.0e-20)
+#define NEAR_ZERO(val) (((val) > -TOLERANCE) && ((val) < TOLERANCE))
+
+struct TEdge {
+  IntPoint Bot;
+  IntPoint Curr; //current (updated for every new scanbeam)
+  IntPoint Top;
+  double Dx;
+  PolyType PolyTyp;
+  EdgeSide Side; //side only refers to current side of solution poly
+  int WindDelta; //1 or -1 depending on winding direction
+  int WindCnt;
+  int WindCnt2; //winding count of the opposite polytype
+  int OutIdx;
+  TEdge *Next;
+  TEdge *Prev;
+  TEdge *NextInLML;
+  TEdge *NextInAEL;
+  TEdge *PrevInAEL;
+  TEdge *NextInSEL;
+  TEdge *PrevInSEL;
+};
+
+struct IntersectNode {
+  TEdge          *Edge1;
+  TEdge          *Edge2;
+  IntPoint        Pt;
+};
+
+struct LocalMinimum {
+  cInt          Y;
+  TEdge        *LeftBound;
+  TEdge        *RightBound;
+};
+
+struct OutPt;
+
+//OutRec: contains a path in the clipping solution. Edges in the AEL will
+//carry a pointer to an OutRec when they are part of the clipping solution.
+struct OutRec {
+  int       Idx;
+  bool      IsHole;
+  bool      IsOpen;
+  OutRec   *FirstLeft;  //see comments in clipper.pas
+  PolyNode *PolyNd;
+  OutPt    *Pts;
+  OutPt    *BottomPt;
+};
+
+struct OutPt {
+  int       Idx;
+  IntPoint  Pt;
+  OutPt    *Next;
+  OutPt    *Prev;
+};
+
+struct Join {
+  OutPt    *OutPt1;
+  OutPt    *OutPt2;
+  IntPoint  OffPt;
+};
+
+struct LocMinSorter
+{
+  inline bool operator()(const LocalMinimum& locMin1, const LocalMinimum& locMin2)
+  {
+    return locMin2.Y < locMin1.Y;
+  }
+};
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline cInt Round(double val)
+{
+  if ((val < 0)) return static_cast<cInt>(val - 0.5); 
+  else return static_cast<cInt>(val + 0.5);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline cInt Abs(cInt val)
+{
+  return val < 0 ? -val : val;
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PolyTree methods ...
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void PolyTree::Clear()
+{
+    for (PolyNodes::size_type i = 0; i < AllNodes.size(); ++i)
+      delete AllNodes[i];
+    AllNodes.resize(0); 
+    Childs.resize(0);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PolyNode* PolyTree::GetFirst() const
+{
+  if (!Childs.empty())
+      return Childs[0];
+  else
+      return 0;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int PolyTree::Total() const
+{
+  int result = (int)AllNodes.size();
+  //with negative offsets, ignore the hidden outer polygon ...
+  if (result > 0 && Childs[0] != AllNodes[0]) result--;
+  return result;
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PolyNode methods ...
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PolyNode::PolyNode(): Childs(), Parent(0), Index(0), m_IsOpen(false)
+{
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int PolyNode::ChildCount() const
+{
+  return (int)Childs.size();
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void PolyNode::AddChild(PolyNode& child)
+{
+  unsigned cnt = (unsigned)Childs.size();
+  Childs.push_back(&child);
+  child.Parent = this;
+  child.Index = cnt;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PolyNode* PolyNode::GetNext() const
+{ 
+  if (!Childs.empty()) 
+      return Childs[0]; 
+  else
+      return GetNextSiblingUp();    
+}  
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PolyNode* PolyNode::GetNextSiblingUp() const
+{ 
+  if (!Parent) //protects against PolyTree.GetNextSiblingUp()
+      return 0;
+  else if (Index == Parent->Childs.size() - 1)
+      return Parent->GetNextSiblingUp();
+  else
+      return Parent->Childs[Index + 1];
+}  
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool PolyNode::IsHole() const
+{ 
+  bool result = true;
+  PolyNode* node = Parent;
+  while (node)
+  {
+      result = !result;
+      node = node->Parent;
+  }
+  return result;
+}  
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool PolyNode::IsOpen() const
+{ 
+  return m_IsOpen;
+}  
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef use_int32
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Int128 class (enables safe math on signed 64bit integers)
+// eg Int128 val1((long64)9223372036854775807); //ie 2^63 -1
+//    Int128 val2((long64)9223372036854775807);
+//    Int128 val3 = val1 * val2;
+//    val3.AsString => "85070591730234615847396907784232501249" (8.5e+37)
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class Int128
+{
+  public:
+    ulong64 lo;
+    long64 hi;
+
+    Int128(long64 _lo = 0)
+    {
+      lo = (ulong64)_lo;   
+      if (_lo < 0)  hi = -1; else hi = 0; 
+    }
+
+
+    Int128(const Int128 &val): lo(val.lo), hi(val.hi){}
+
+    Int128(const long64& _hi, const ulong64& _lo): lo(_lo), hi(_hi){}
+    
+    Int128& operator = (const long64 &val)
+    {
+      lo = (ulong64)val;
+      if (val < 0) hi = -1; else hi = 0;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    bool operator == (const Int128 &val) const
+      {return (hi == val.hi && lo == val.lo);}
+
+    bool operator != (const Int128 &val) const
+      { return !(*this == val);}
+
+    bool operator > (const Int128 &val) const
+    {
+      if (hi != val.hi)
+        return hi > val.hi;
+      else
+        return lo > val.lo;
+    }
+
+    bool operator < (const Int128 &val) const
+    {
+      if (hi != val.hi)
+        return hi < val.hi;
+      else
+        return lo < val.lo;
+    }
+
+    bool operator >= (const Int128 &val) const
+      { return !(*this < val);}
+
+    bool operator <= (const Int128 &val) const
+      { return !(*this > val);}
+
+    Int128& operator += (const Int128 &rhs)
+    {
+      hi += rhs.hi;
+      lo += rhs.lo;
+      if (lo < rhs.lo) hi++;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    Int128 operator + (const Int128 &rhs) const
+    {
+      Int128 result(*this);
+      result+= rhs;
+      return result;
+    }
+
+    Int128& operator -= (const Int128 &rhs)
+    {
+      *this += -rhs;
+      return *this;
+    }
+
+    Int128 operator - (const Int128 &rhs) const
+    {
+      Int128 result(*this);
+      result -= rhs;
+      return result;
+    }
+
+    Int128 operator-() const //unary negation
+    {
+      if (lo == 0)
+        return Int128(-hi, 0);
+      else
+        return Int128(~hi, ~lo + 1);
+    }
+
+    operator double() const
+    {
+      const double shift64 = 18446744073709551616.0; //2^64
+      if (hi < 0)
+      {
+        if (lo == 0) return (double)hi * shift64;
+        else return -(double)(~lo + ~hi * shift64);
+      }
+      else
+        return (double)(lo + hi * shift64);
+    }
+
+};
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Int128 Int128Mul (long64 lhs, long64 rhs)
+{
+  bool negate = (lhs < 0) != (rhs < 0);
+
+  if (lhs < 0) lhs = -lhs;
+  ulong64 int1Hi = ulong64(lhs) >> 32;
+  ulong64 int1Lo = ulong64(lhs & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+
+  if (rhs < 0) rhs = -rhs;
+  ulong64 int2Hi = ulong64(rhs) >> 32;
+  ulong64 int2Lo = ulong64(rhs & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+
+  //nb: see comments in clipper.pas
+  ulong64 a = int1Hi * int2Hi;
+  ulong64 b = int1Lo * int2Lo;
+  ulong64 c = int1Hi * int2Lo + int1Lo * int2Hi;
+
+  Int128 tmp;
+  tmp.hi = long64(a + (c >> 32));
+  tmp.lo = long64(c << 32);
+  tmp.lo += long64(b);
+  if (tmp.lo < b) tmp.hi++;
+  if (negate) tmp = -tmp;
+  return tmp;
+};
+#endif
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Miscellaneous global functions
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Orientation(const Path &poly)
+{
+    return Area(poly) >= 0;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+double Area(const Path &poly)
+{
+  int size = (int)poly.size();
+  if (size < 3) return 0;
+
+  double a = 0;
+  for (int i = 0, j = size -1; i < size; ++i)
+  {
+    a += ((double)poly[j].X + poly[i].X) * ((double)poly[j].Y - poly[i].Y);
+    j = i;
+  }
+  return -a * 0.5;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+double Area(const OutPt *op)
+{
+  const OutPt *startOp = op;
+  if (!op) return 0;
+  double a = 0;
+  do {
+    a +=  (double)(op->Prev->Pt.X + op->Pt.X) * (double)(op->Prev->Pt.Y - op->Pt.Y);
+    op = op->Next;
+  } while (op != startOp);
+  return a * 0.5;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+double Area(const OutRec &outRec)
+{
+  return Area(outRec.Pts);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool PointIsVertex(const IntPoint &Pt, OutPt *pp)
+{
+  OutPt *pp2 = pp;
+  do
+  {
+    if (pp2->Pt == Pt) return true;
+    pp2 = pp2->Next;
+  }
+  while (pp2 != pp);
+  return false;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//See "The Point in Polygon Problem for Arbitrary Polygons" by Hormann & Agathos
+//http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.88.5498&rep=rep1&type=pdf
+int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, const Path &path)
+{
+  //returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary
+  int result = 0;
+  size_t cnt = path.size();
+  if (cnt < 3) return 0;
+  IntPoint ip = path[0];
+  for(size_t i = 1; i <= cnt; ++i)
+  {
+    IntPoint ipNext = (i == cnt ? path[0] : path[i]);
+    if (ipNext.Y == pt.Y)
+    {
+        if ((ipNext.X == pt.X) || (ip.Y == pt.Y && 
+          ((ipNext.X > pt.X) == (ip.X < pt.X)))) return -1;
+    }
+    if ((ip.Y < pt.Y) != (ipNext.Y < pt.Y))
+    {
+      if (ip.X >= pt.X)
+      {
+        if (ipNext.X > pt.X) result = 1 - result;
+        else
+        {
+          double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) - 
+            (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y);
+          if (!d) return -1;
+          if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) result = 1 - result;
+        }
+      } else
+      {
+        if (ipNext.X > pt.X)
+        {
+          double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) - 
+            (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y);
+          if (!d) return -1;
+          if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) result = 1 - result;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    ip = ipNext;
+  } 
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int PointInPolygon (const IntPoint &pt, OutPt *op)
+{
+  //returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary
+  int result = 0;
+  OutPt* startOp = op;
+  for(;;)
+  {
+    if (op->Next->Pt.Y == pt.Y)
+    {
+        if ((op->Next->Pt.X == pt.X) || (op->Pt.Y == pt.Y && 
+          ((op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) == (op->Pt.X < pt.X)))) return -1;
+    }
+    if ((op->Pt.Y < pt.Y) != (op->Next->Pt.Y < pt.Y))
+    {
+      if (op->Pt.X >= pt.X)
+      {
+        if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) result = 1 - result;
+        else
+        {
+          double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) - 
+            (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y);
+          if (!d) return -1;
+          if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) result = 1 - result;
+        }
+      } else
+      {
+        if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X)
+        {
+          double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) - 
+            (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y);
+          if (!d) return -1;
+          if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) result = 1 - result;
+        }
+      }
+    } 
+    op = op->Next;
+    if (startOp == op) break;
+  } 
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Poly2ContainsPoly1(OutPt *OutPt1, OutPt *OutPt2)
+{
+  OutPt* op = OutPt1;
+  do
+  {
+    //nb: PointInPolygon returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt on polygon
+    int res = PointInPolygon(op->Pt, OutPt2);
+    if (res >= 0) return res > 0;
+    op = op->Next; 
+  }
+  while (op != OutPt1);
+  return true; 
+}
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool SlopesEqual(const TEdge &e1, const TEdge &e2, bool UseFullInt64Range)
+{
+#ifndef use_int32
+  if (UseFullInt64Range)
+    return Int128Mul(e1.Top.Y - e1.Bot.Y, e2.Top.X - e2.Bot.X) == 
+    Int128Mul(e1.Top.X - e1.Bot.X, e2.Top.Y - e2.Bot.Y);
+  else 
+#endif
+    return (e1.Top.Y - e1.Bot.Y) * (e2.Top.X - e2.Bot.X) == 
+    (e1.Top.X - e1.Bot.X) * (e2.Top.Y - e2.Bot.Y);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2,
+  const IntPoint pt3, bool UseFullInt64Range)
+{
+#ifndef use_int32
+  if (UseFullInt64Range)
+    return Int128Mul(pt1.Y-pt2.Y, pt2.X-pt3.X) == Int128Mul(pt1.X-pt2.X, pt2.Y-pt3.Y);
+  else 
+#endif
+    return (pt1.Y-pt2.Y)*(pt2.X-pt3.X) == (pt1.X-pt2.X)*(pt2.Y-pt3.Y);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2,
+  const IntPoint pt3, const IntPoint pt4, bool UseFullInt64Range)
+{
+#ifndef use_int32
+  if (UseFullInt64Range)
+    return Int128Mul(pt1.Y-pt2.Y, pt3.X-pt4.X) == Int128Mul(pt1.X-pt2.X, pt3.Y-pt4.Y);
+  else 
+#endif
+    return (pt1.Y-pt2.Y)*(pt3.X-pt4.X) == (pt1.X-pt2.X)*(pt3.Y-pt4.Y);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline bool IsHorizontal(TEdge &e)
+{
+  return e.Dx == HORIZONTAL;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline double GetDx(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2)
+{
+  return (pt1.Y == pt2.Y) ?
+    HORIZONTAL : (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X) / (pt2.Y - pt1.Y);
+}
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline void SetDx(TEdge &e)
+{
+  cInt dy  = (e.Top.Y - e.Bot.Y);
+  if (dy == 0) e.Dx = HORIZONTAL;
+  else e.Dx = (double)(e.Top.X - e.Bot.X) / dy;
+}
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline void SwapSides(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2)
+{
+  EdgeSide Side =  Edge1.Side;
+  Edge1.Side = Edge2.Side;
+  Edge2.Side = Side;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline void SwapPolyIndexes(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2)
+{
+  int OutIdx =  Edge1.OutIdx;
+  Edge1.OutIdx = Edge2.OutIdx;
+  Edge2.OutIdx = OutIdx;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline cInt TopX(TEdge &edge, const cInt currentY)
+{
+  return ( currentY == edge.Top.Y ) ?
+    edge.Top.X : edge.Bot.X + Round(edge.Dx *(currentY - edge.Bot.Y));
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void IntersectPoint(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2, IntPoint &ip)
+{
+#ifdef use_xyz  
+  ip.Z = 0;
+#endif
+
+  double b1, b2;
+  if (Edge1.Dx == Edge2.Dx)
+  {
+    ip.Y = Edge1.Curr.Y;
+    ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y);
+    return;
+  }
+  else if (Edge1.Dx == 0)
+  {
+    ip.X = Edge1.Bot.X;
+    if (IsHorizontal(Edge2))
+      ip.Y = Edge2.Bot.Y;
+    else
+    {
+      b2 = Edge2.Bot.Y - (Edge2.Bot.X / Edge2.Dx);
+      ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge2.Dx + b2);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (Edge2.Dx == 0)
+  {
+    ip.X = Edge2.Bot.X;
+    if (IsHorizontal(Edge1))
+      ip.Y = Edge1.Bot.Y;
+    else
+    {
+      b1 = Edge1.Bot.Y - (Edge1.Bot.X / Edge1.Dx);
+      ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge1.Dx + b1);
+    }
+  } 
+  else 
+  {
+    b1 = Edge1.Bot.X - Edge1.Bot.Y * Edge1.Dx;
+    b2 = Edge2.Bot.X - Edge2.Bot.Y * Edge2.Dx;
+    double q = (b2-b1) / (Edge1.Dx - Edge2.Dx);
+    ip.Y = Round(q);
+    if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx))
+      ip.X = Round(Edge1.Dx * q + b1);
+    else 
+      ip.X = Round(Edge2.Dx * q + b2);
+  }
+
+  if (ip.Y < Edge1.Top.Y || ip.Y < Edge2.Top.Y) 
+  {
+    if (Edge1.Top.Y > Edge2.Top.Y)
+      ip.Y = Edge1.Top.Y;
+    else
+      ip.Y = Edge2.Top.Y;
+    if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx))
+      ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y);
+    else
+      ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y);
+  } 
+  //finally, don't allow 'ip' to be BELOW curr.Y (ie bottom of scanbeam) ...
+  if (ip.Y > Edge1.Curr.Y)
+  {
+    ip.Y = Edge1.Curr.Y;
+    //use the more vertical edge to derive X ...
+    if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) > std::fabs(Edge2.Dx))
+      ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y); else
+      ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y);
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ReversePolyPtLinks(OutPt *pp)
+{
+  if (!pp) return;
+  OutPt *pp1, *pp2;
+  pp1 = pp;
+  do {
+  pp2 = pp1->Next;
+  pp1->Next = pp1->Prev;
+  pp1->Prev = pp2;
+  pp1 = pp2;
+  } while( pp1 != pp );
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void DisposeOutPts(OutPt*& pp)
+{
+  if (pp == 0) return;
+    pp->Prev->Next = 0;
+  while( pp )
+  {
+    OutPt *tmpPp = pp;
+    pp = pp->Next;
+    delete tmpPp;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline void InitEdge(TEdge* e, TEdge* eNext, TEdge* ePrev, const IntPoint& Pt)
+{
+  std::memset(e, 0, sizeof(TEdge));
+  e->Next = eNext;
+  e->Prev = ePrev;
+  e->Curr = Pt;
+  e->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void InitEdge2(TEdge& e, PolyType Pt)
+{
+  if (e.Curr.Y >= e.Next->Curr.Y)
+  {
+    e.Bot = e.Curr;
+    e.Top = e.Next->Curr;
+  } else
+  {
+    e.Top = e.Curr;
+    e.Bot = e.Next->Curr;
+  }
+  SetDx(e);
+  e.PolyTyp = Pt;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEdge* RemoveEdge(TEdge* e)
+{
+  //removes e from double_linked_list (but without removing from memory)
+  e->Prev->Next = e->Next;
+  e->Next->Prev = e->Prev;
+  TEdge* result = e->Next;
+  e->Prev = 0; //flag as removed (see ClipperBase.Clear)
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline void ReverseHorizontal(TEdge &e)
+{
+  //swap horizontal edges' Top and Bottom x's so they follow the natural
+  //progression of the bounds - ie so their xbots will align with the
+  //adjoining lower edge. [Helpful in the ProcessHorizontal() method.]
+  std::swap(e.Top.X, e.Bot.X);
+#ifdef use_xyz  
+  std::swap(e.Top.Z, e.Bot.Z);
+#endif
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void SwapPoints(IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2)
+{
+  IntPoint tmp = pt1;
+  pt1 = pt2;
+  pt2 = tmp;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool GetOverlapSegment(IntPoint pt1a, IntPoint pt1b, IntPoint pt2a,
+  IntPoint pt2b, IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2)
+{
+  //precondition: segments are Collinear.
+  if (Abs(pt1a.X - pt1b.X) > Abs(pt1a.Y - pt1b.Y))
+  {
+    if (pt1a.X > pt1b.X) SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b);
+    if (pt2a.X > pt2b.X) SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b);
+    if (pt1a.X > pt2a.X) pt1 = pt1a; else pt1 = pt2a;
+    if (pt1b.X < pt2b.X) pt2 = pt1b; else pt2 = pt2b;
+    return pt1.X < pt2.X;
+  } else
+  {
+    if (pt1a.Y < pt1b.Y) SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b);
+    if (pt2a.Y < pt2b.Y) SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b);
+    if (pt1a.Y < pt2a.Y) pt1 = pt1a; else pt1 = pt2a;
+    if (pt1b.Y > pt2b.Y) pt2 = pt1b; else pt2 = pt2b;
+    return pt1.Y > pt2.Y;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool FirstIsBottomPt(const OutPt* btmPt1, const OutPt* btmPt2)
+{
+  OutPt *p = btmPt1->Prev;
+  while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) p = p->Prev;
+  double dx1p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt));
+  p = btmPt1->Next;
+  while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) p = p->Next;
+  double dx1n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt));
+
+  p = btmPt2->Prev;
+  while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) p = p->Prev;
+  double dx2p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt));
+  p = btmPt2->Next;
+  while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) p = p->Next;
+  double dx2n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt));
+
+  if (std::max(dx1p, dx1n) == std::max(dx2p, dx2n) &&
+    std::min(dx1p, dx1n) == std::min(dx2p, dx2n))
+      return Area(btmPt1) > 0; //if otherwise identical use orientation
+  else
+    return (dx1p >= dx2p && dx1p >= dx2n) || (dx1n >= dx2p && dx1n >= dx2n);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutPt* GetBottomPt(OutPt *pp)
+{
+  OutPt* dups = 0;
+  OutPt* p = pp->Next;
+  while (p != pp)
+  {
+    if (p->Pt.Y > pp->Pt.Y)
+    {
+      pp = p;
+      dups = 0;
+    }
+    else if (p->Pt.Y == pp->Pt.Y && p->Pt.X <= pp->Pt.X)
+    {
+      if (p->Pt.X < pp->Pt.X)
+      {
+        dups = 0;
+        pp = p;
+      } else
+      {
+        if (p->Next != pp && p->Prev != pp) dups = p;
+      }
+    }
+    p = p->Next;
+  }
+  if (dups)
+  {
+    //there appears to be at least 2 vertices at BottomPt so ...
+    while (dups != p)
+    {
+      if (!FirstIsBottomPt(p, dups)) pp = dups;
+      dups = dups->Next;
+      while (dups->Pt != pp->Pt) dups = dups->Next;
+    }
+  }
+  return pp;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(const IntPoint pt1,
+  const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3)
+{
+  if ((pt1 == pt3) || (pt1 == pt2) || (pt3 == pt2))
+    return false;
+  else if (pt1.X != pt3.X)
+    return (pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X);
+  else
+    return (pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool HorzSegmentsOverlap(cInt seg1a, cInt seg1b, cInt seg2a, cInt seg2b)
+{
+  if (seg1a > seg1b) std::swap(seg1a, seg1b);
+  if (seg2a > seg2b) std::swap(seg2a, seg2b);
+  return (seg1a < seg2b) && (seg2a < seg1b);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ClipperBase class methods ...
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ClipperBase::ClipperBase() //constructor
+{
+  m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); //begin() == end() here
+  m_UseFullRange = false;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ClipperBase::~ClipperBase() //destructor
+{
+  Clear();
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void RangeTest(const IntPoint& Pt, bool& useFullRange)
+{
+  if (useFullRange)
+  {
+    if (Pt.X > hiRange || Pt.Y > hiRange || -Pt.X > hiRange || -Pt.Y > hiRange) 
+      throw clipperException("Coordinate outside allowed range");
+  }
+  else if (Pt.X > loRange|| Pt.Y > loRange || -Pt.X > loRange || -Pt.Y > loRange) 
+  {
+    useFullRange = true;
+    RangeTest(Pt, useFullRange);
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEdge* FindNextLocMin(TEdge* E)
+{
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    while (E->Bot != E->Prev->Bot || E->Curr == E->Top) E = E->Next;
+    if (!IsHorizontal(*E) && !IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) break;
+    while (IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) E = E->Prev;
+    TEdge* E2 = E;
+    while (IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Next;
+    if (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) continue; //ie just an intermediate horz.
+    if (E2->Prev->Bot.X < E->Bot.X) E = E2;
+    break;
+  }
+  return E;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEdge* ClipperBase::ProcessBound(TEdge* E, bool NextIsForward)
+{
+  TEdge *Result = E;
+  TEdge *Horz = 0;
+
+  if (E->OutIdx == Skip)
+  {
+    //if edges still remain in the current bound beyond the skip edge then
+    //create another LocMin and call ProcessBound once more
+    if (NextIsForward)
+    {
+      while (E->Top.Y == E->Next->Bot.Y) E = E->Next;
+      //don't include top horizontals when parsing a bound a second time,
+      //they will be contained in the opposite bound ...
+      while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Prev;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      while (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) E = E->Prev;
+      while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Next;
+    }
+
+    if (E == Result)
+    {
+      if (NextIsForward) Result = E->Next;
+      else Result = E->Prev;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      //there are more edges in the bound beyond result starting with E
+      if (NextIsForward)
+        E = Result->Next;
+      else
+        E = Result->Prev;
+      MinimaList::value_type locMin;
+      locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y;
+      locMin.LeftBound = 0;
+      locMin.RightBound = E;
+      E->WindDelta = 0;
+      Result = ProcessBound(E, NextIsForward);
+      m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin);
+    }
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  TEdge *EStart;
+
+  if (IsHorizontal(*E))
+  {
+    //We need to be careful with open paths because this may not be a
+    //true local minima (ie E may be following a skip edge).
+    //Also, consecutive horz. edges may start heading left before going right.
+    if (NextIsForward) 
+      EStart = E->Prev;
+    else 
+      EStart = E->Next;
+    if (IsHorizontal(*EStart)) //ie an adjoining horizontal skip edge
+      {
+        if (EStart->Bot.X != E->Bot.X && EStart->Top.X != E->Bot.X)
+          ReverseHorizontal(*E);
+      }
+      else if (EStart->Bot.X != E->Bot.X)
+        ReverseHorizontal(*E);
+  }
+  
+  EStart = E;
+  if (NextIsForward)
+  {
+    while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Next->Bot.Y && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip)
+      Result = Result->Next;
+    if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip)
+    {
+      //nb: at the top of a bound, horizontals are added to the bound
+      //only when the preceding edge attaches to the horizontal's left vertex
+      //unless a Skip edge is encountered when that becomes the top divide
+      Horz = Result;
+      while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Prev)) Horz = Horz->Prev;
+      if (Horz->Prev->Top.X > Result->Next->Top.X) Result = Horz->Prev;
+    }
+    while (E != Result) 
+    {
+      E->NextInLML = E->Next;
+      if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart &&
+        E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E);
+      E = E->Next;
+    }
+    if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) 
+      ReverseHorizontal(*E);
+    Result = Result->Next; //move to the edge just beyond current bound
+  } else
+  {
+    while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Prev->Bot.Y && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip) 
+      Result = Result->Prev;
+    if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip)
+    {
+      Horz = Result;
+      while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Next)) Horz = Horz->Next;
+      if (Horz->Next->Top.X == Result->Prev->Top.X ||
+          Horz->Next->Top.X > Result->Prev->Top.X) Result = Horz->Next;
+    }
+
+    while (E != Result)
+    {
+      E->NextInLML = E->Prev;
+      if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X) 
+        ReverseHorizontal(*E);
+      E = E->Prev;
+    }
+    if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X) 
+      ReverseHorizontal(*E);
+    Result = Result->Prev; //move to the edge just beyond current bound
+  }
+
+  return Result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ClipperBase::AddPath(const Path &pg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed)
+{
+#ifdef use_lines
+  if (!Closed && PolyTyp == ptClip)
+    throw clipperException("AddPath: Open paths must be subject.");
+#else
+  if (!Closed)
+    throw clipperException("AddPath: Open paths have been disabled.");
+#endif
+
+  int highI = (int)pg.size() -1;
+  if (Closed) while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[0])) --highI;
+  while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[highI -1])) --highI;
+  if ((Closed && highI < 2) || (!Closed && highI < 1)) return false;
+
+  //create a new edge array ...
+  TEdge *edges = new TEdge [highI +1];
+
+  bool IsFlat = true;
+  //1. Basic (first) edge initialization ...
+  try
+  {
+    edges[1].Curr = pg[1];
+    RangeTest(pg[0], m_UseFullRange);
+    RangeTest(pg[highI], m_UseFullRange);
+    InitEdge(&edges[0], &edges[1], &edges[highI], pg[0]);
+    InitEdge(&edges[highI], &edges[0], &edges[highI-1], pg[highI]);
+    for (int i = highI - 1; i >= 1; --i)
+    {
+      RangeTest(pg[i], m_UseFullRange);
+      InitEdge(&edges[i], &edges[i+1], &edges[i-1], pg[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  catch(...)
+  {
+    delete [] edges;
+    throw; //range test fails
+  }
+  TEdge *eStart = &edges[0];
+
+  //2. Remove duplicate vertices, and (when closed) collinear edges ...
+  TEdge *E = eStart, *eLoopStop = eStart;
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    //nb: allows matching start and end points when not Closed ...
+    if (E->Curr == E->Next->Curr && (Closed || E->Next != eStart))
+    {
+      if (E == E->Next) break;
+      if (E == eStart) eStart = E->Next;
+      E = RemoveEdge(E);
+      eLoopStop = E;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if (E->Prev == E->Next) 
+      break; //only two vertices
+    else if (Closed &&
+      SlopesEqual(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr, m_UseFullRange) && 
+      (!m_PreserveCollinear ||
+      !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr)))
+    {
+      //Collinear edges are allowed for open paths but in closed paths
+      //the default is to merge adjacent collinear edges into a single edge.
+      //However, if the PreserveCollinear property is enabled, only overlapping
+      //collinear edges (ie spikes) will be removed from closed paths.
+      if (E == eStart) eStart = E->Next;
+      E = RemoveEdge(E);
+      E = E->Prev;
+      eLoopStop = E;
+      continue;
+    }
+    E = E->Next;
+    if ((E == eLoopStop) || (!Closed && E->Next == eStart)) break;
+  }
+
+  if ((!Closed && (E == E->Next)) || (Closed && (E->Prev == E->Next)))
+  {
+    delete [] edges;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (!Closed)
+  { 
+    m_HasOpenPaths = true;
+    eStart->Prev->OutIdx = Skip;
+  }
+
+  //3. Do second stage of edge initialization ...
+  E = eStart;
+  do
+  {
+    InitEdge2(*E, PolyTyp);
+    E = E->Next;
+    if (IsFlat && E->Curr.Y != eStart->Curr.Y) IsFlat = false;
+  }
+  while (E != eStart);
+
+  //4. Finally, add edge bounds to LocalMinima list ...
+
+  //Totally flat paths must be handled differently when adding them
+  //to LocalMinima list to avoid endless loops etc ...
+  if (IsFlat) 
+  {
+    if (Closed) 
+    {
+      delete [] edges;
+      return false;
+    }
+    E->Prev->OutIdx = Skip;
+    MinimaList::value_type locMin;
+    locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y;
+    locMin.LeftBound = 0;
+    locMin.RightBound = E;
+    locMin.RightBound->Side = esRight;
+    locMin.RightBound->WindDelta = 0;
+    for (;;)
+    {
+      if (E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E);
+      if (E->Next->OutIdx == Skip) break;
+      E->NextInLML = E->Next;
+      E = E->Next;
+    }
+    m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin);
+    m_edges.push_back(edges);
+	  return true;
+  }
+
+  m_edges.push_back(edges);
+  bool leftBoundIsForward;
+  TEdge* EMin = 0;
+
+  //workaround to avoid an endless loop in the while loop below when
+  //open paths have matching start and end points ...
+  if (E->Prev->Bot == E->Prev->Top) E = E->Next;
+
+  for (;;)
+  {
+    E = FindNextLocMin(E);
+    if (E == EMin) break;
+    else if (!EMin) EMin = E;
+
+    //E and E.Prev now share a local minima (left aligned if horizontal).
+    //Compare their slopes to find which starts which bound ...
+    MinimaList::value_type locMin;
+    locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y;
+    if (E->Dx < E->Prev->Dx) 
+    {
+      locMin.LeftBound = E->Prev;
+      locMin.RightBound = E;
+      leftBoundIsForward = false; //Q.nextInLML = Q.prev
+    } else
+    {
+      locMin.LeftBound = E;
+      locMin.RightBound = E->Prev;
+      leftBoundIsForward = true; //Q.nextInLML = Q.next
+    }
+
+    if (!Closed) locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = 0;
+    else if (locMin.LeftBound->Next == locMin.RightBound)
+      locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = -1;
+    else locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = 1;
+    locMin.RightBound->WindDelta = -locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta;
+
+    E = ProcessBound(locMin.LeftBound, leftBoundIsForward);
+    if (E->OutIdx == Skip) E = ProcessBound(E, leftBoundIsForward);
+
+    TEdge* E2 = ProcessBound(locMin.RightBound, !leftBoundIsForward);
+    if (E2->OutIdx == Skip) E2 = ProcessBound(E2, !leftBoundIsForward);
+
+    if (locMin.LeftBound->OutIdx == Skip)
+      locMin.LeftBound = 0;
+    else if (locMin.RightBound->OutIdx == Skip)
+      locMin.RightBound = 0;
+    m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin);
+    if (!leftBoundIsForward) E = E2;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ClipperBase::AddPaths(const Paths &ppg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed)
+{
+  bool result = false;
+  for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < ppg.size(); ++i)
+    if (AddPath(ppg[i], PolyTyp, Closed)) result = true;
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::Clear()
+{
+  DisposeLocalMinimaList();
+  for (EdgeList::size_type i = 0; i < m_edges.size(); ++i)
+  {
+    TEdge* edges = m_edges[i];
+    delete [] edges;
+  }
+  m_edges.clear();
+  m_UseFullRange = false;
+  m_HasOpenPaths = false;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::Reset()
+{
+  m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin();
+  if (m_CurrentLM == m_MinimaList.end()) return; //ie nothing to process
+  std::sort(m_MinimaList.begin(), m_MinimaList.end(), LocMinSorter());
+
+  m_Scanbeam = ScanbeamList(); //clears/resets priority_queue
+  //reset all edges ...
+  for (MinimaList::iterator lm = m_MinimaList.begin(); lm != m_MinimaList.end(); ++lm)
+  {
+    InsertScanbeam(lm->Y);
+    TEdge* e = lm->LeftBound;
+    if (e)
+    {
+      e->Curr = e->Bot;
+      e->Side = esLeft;
+      e->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+    }
+
+    e = lm->RightBound;
+    if (e)
+    {
+      e->Curr = e->Bot;
+      e->Side = esRight;
+      e->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+    }
+  }
+  m_ActiveEdges = 0;
+  m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin();
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::DisposeLocalMinimaList()
+{
+  m_MinimaList.clear();
+  m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin();
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ClipperBase::PopLocalMinima(cInt Y, const LocalMinimum *&locMin)
+{
+  if (m_CurrentLM == m_MinimaList.end() || (*m_CurrentLM).Y != Y) return false;
+  locMin = &(*m_CurrentLM);
+  ++m_CurrentLM;
+  return true;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IntRect ClipperBase::GetBounds()
+{
+  IntRect result;
+  MinimaList::iterator lm = m_MinimaList.begin();
+  if (lm == m_MinimaList.end())
+  {
+    result.left = result.top = result.right = result.bottom = 0;
+    return result;
+  }
+  result.left = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X;
+  result.top = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y;
+  result.right = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X;
+  result.bottom = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y;
+  while (lm != m_MinimaList.end())
+  {
+    //todo - needs fixing for open paths
+    result.bottom = std::max(result.bottom, lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y);
+    TEdge* e = lm->LeftBound;
+    for (;;) {
+      TEdge* bottomE = e;
+      while (e->NextInLML)
+      {
+        if (e->Bot.X < result.left) result.left = e->Bot.X;
+        if (e->Bot.X > result.right) result.right = e->Bot.X;
+        e = e->NextInLML;
+      }
+      result.left = std::min(result.left, e->Bot.X);
+      result.right = std::max(result.right, e->Bot.X);
+      result.left = std::min(result.left, e->Top.X);
+      result.right = std::max(result.right, e->Top.X);
+      result.top = std::min(result.top, e->Top.Y);
+      if (bottomE == lm->LeftBound) e = lm->RightBound;
+      else break;
+    }
+    ++lm;
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::InsertScanbeam(const cInt Y)
+{
+  m_Scanbeam.push(Y);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ClipperBase::PopScanbeam(cInt &Y)
+{
+  if (m_Scanbeam.empty()) return false;
+  Y = m_Scanbeam.top();
+  m_Scanbeam.pop();
+  while (!m_Scanbeam.empty() && Y == m_Scanbeam.top()) { m_Scanbeam.pop(); } // Pop duplicates.
+  return true;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::DisposeAllOutRecs(){
+  for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
+    DisposeOutRec(i);
+  m_PolyOuts.clear();
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::DisposeOutRec(PolyOutList::size_type index)
+{
+  OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[index];
+  if (outRec->Pts) DisposeOutPts(outRec->Pts);
+  delete outRec;
+  m_PolyOuts[index] = 0;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::DeleteFromAEL(TEdge *e)
+{
+  TEdge* AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL;
+  TEdge* AelNext = e->NextInAEL;
+  if (!AelPrev &&  !AelNext && (e != m_ActiveEdges)) return; //already deleted
+  if (AelPrev) AelPrev->NextInAEL = AelNext;
+  else m_ActiveEdges = AelNext;
+  if (AelNext) AelNext->PrevInAEL = AelPrev;
+  e->NextInAEL = 0;
+  e->PrevInAEL = 0;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutRec* ClipperBase::CreateOutRec()
+{
+  OutRec* result = new OutRec;
+  result->IsHole = false;
+  result->IsOpen = false;
+  result->FirstLeft = 0;
+  result->Pts = 0;
+  result->BottomPt = 0;
+  result->PolyNd = 0;
+  m_PolyOuts.push_back(result);
+  result->Idx = (int)m_PolyOuts.size() - 1;
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::SwapPositionsInAEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2)
+{
+  //check that one or other edge hasn't already been removed from AEL ...
+  if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge1->PrevInAEL ||
+    Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge2->PrevInAEL) return;
+
+  if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge2)
+  {
+    TEdge* Next = Edge2->NextInAEL;
+    if (Next) Next->PrevInAEL = Edge1;
+    TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL;
+    if (Prev) Prev->NextInAEL = Edge2;
+    Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev;
+    Edge2->NextInAEL = Edge1;
+    Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2;
+    Edge1->NextInAEL = Next;
+  }
+  else if (Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge1)
+  {
+    TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInAEL;
+    if (Next) Next->PrevInAEL = Edge2;
+    TEdge* Prev = Edge2->PrevInAEL;
+    if (Prev) Prev->NextInAEL = Edge1;
+    Edge1->PrevInAEL = Prev;
+    Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2;
+    Edge2->PrevInAEL = Edge1;
+    Edge2->NextInAEL = Next;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInAEL;
+    TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL;
+    Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2->NextInAEL;
+    if (Edge1->NextInAEL) Edge1->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge1;
+    Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2->PrevInAEL;
+    if (Edge1->PrevInAEL) Edge1->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge1;
+    Edge2->NextInAEL = Next;
+    if (Edge2->NextInAEL) Edge2->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge2;
+    Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev;
+    if (Edge2->PrevInAEL) Edge2->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge2;
+  }
+
+  if (!Edge1->PrevInAEL) m_ActiveEdges = Edge1;
+  else if (!Edge2->PrevInAEL) m_ActiveEdges = Edge2;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperBase::UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *&e)
+{
+  if (!e->NextInLML) 
+    throw clipperException("UpdateEdgeIntoAEL: invalid call");
+
+  e->NextInLML->OutIdx = e->OutIdx;
+  TEdge* AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL;
+  TEdge* AelNext = e->NextInAEL;
+  if (AelPrev) AelPrev->NextInAEL = e->NextInLML;
+  else m_ActiveEdges = e->NextInLML;
+  if (AelNext) AelNext->PrevInAEL = e->NextInLML;
+  e->NextInLML->Side = e->Side;
+  e->NextInLML->WindDelta = e->WindDelta;
+  e->NextInLML->WindCnt = e->WindCnt;
+  e->NextInLML->WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2;
+  e = e->NextInLML;
+  e->Curr = e->Bot;
+  e->PrevInAEL = AelPrev;
+  e->NextInAEL = AelNext;
+  if (!IsHorizontal(*e)) InsertScanbeam(e->Top.Y);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool ClipperBase::LocalMinimaPending()
+{
+  return (m_CurrentLM != m_MinimaList.end());
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TClipper methods ...
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Clipper::Clipper(int initOptions) : ClipperBase() //constructor
+{
+  m_ExecuteLocked = false;
+  m_UseFullRange = false;
+  m_ReverseOutput = ((initOptions & ioReverseSolution) != 0);
+  m_StrictSimple = ((initOptions & ioStrictlySimple) != 0);
+  m_PreserveCollinear = ((initOptions & ioPreserveCollinear) != 0);
+  m_HasOpenPaths = false;
+#ifdef use_xyz  
+  m_ZFill = 0;
+#endif
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef use_xyz  
+void Clipper::ZFillFunction(ZFillCallback zFillFunc)
+{  
+  m_ZFill = zFillFunc;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#endif
+
+bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, PolyFillType fillType)
+{
+    return Execute(clipType, solution, fillType, fillType);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree &polytree, PolyFillType fillType)
+{
+    return Execute(clipType, polytree, fillType, fillType);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution,
+    PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType)
+{
+  if( m_ExecuteLocked ) return false;
+  if (m_HasOpenPaths)
+    throw clipperException("Error: PolyTree struct is needed for open path clipping.");
+  m_ExecuteLocked = true;
+  solution.resize(0);
+  m_SubjFillType = subjFillType;
+  m_ClipFillType = clipFillType;
+  m_ClipType = clipType;
+  m_UsingPolyTree = false;
+  bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal();
+  if (succeeded) BuildResult(solution);
+  DisposeAllOutRecs();
+  m_ExecuteLocked = false;
+  return succeeded;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree& polytree,
+    PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType)
+{
+  if( m_ExecuteLocked ) return false;
+  m_ExecuteLocked = true;
+  m_SubjFillType = subjFillType;
+  m_ClipFillType = clipFillType;
+  m_ClipType = clipType;
+  m_UsingPolyTree = true;
+  bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal();
+  if (succeeded) BuildResult2(polytree);
+  DisposeAllOutRecs();
+  m_ExecuteLocked = false;
+  return succeeded;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::FixHoleLinkage(OutRec &outrec)
+{
+  //skip OutRecs that (a) contain outermost polygons or
+  //(b) already have the correct owner/child linkage ...
+  if (!outrec.FirstLeft ||                
+      (outrec.IsHole != outrec.FirstLeft->IsHole &&
+      outrec.FirstLeft->Pts)) return;
+
+  OutRec* orfl = outrec.FirstLeft;
+  while (orfl && ((orfl->IsHole == outrec.IsHole) || !orfl->Pts))
+      orfl = orfl->FirstLeft;
+  outrec.FirstLeft = orfl;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::ExecuteInternal()
+{
+  bool succeeded = true;
+  try {
+    Reset();
+    m_Maxima = MaximaList();
+    m_SortedEdges = 0;
+
+    succeeded = true;
+    cInt botY, topY;
+    if (!PopScanbeam(botY)) return false;
+    InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY);
+    while (PopScanbeam(topY) || LocalMinimaPending())
+    {
+      ProcessHorizontals();
+	    ClearGhostJoins();
+      if (!ProcessIntersections(topY))
+      {
+        succeeded = false;
+        break;
+      }
+      ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(topY);
+      botY = topY;
+      InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY);
+    }
+  }
+  catch(...) 
+  {
+    succeeded = false;
+  }
+
+  if (succeeded)
+  {
+    //fix orientations ...
+    for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
+    {
+      OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
+      if (!outRec->Pts || outRec->IsOpen) continue;
+      if ((outRec->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec) > 0))
+        ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec->Pts);
+    }
+
+    if (!m_Joins.empty()) JoinCommonEdges();
+
+    //unfortunately FixupOutPolygon() must be done after JoinCommonEdges()
+    for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
+    {
+      OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
+      if (!outRec->Pts) continue;
+      if (outRec->IsOpen)
+        FixupOutPolyline(*outRec);
+      else
+        FixupOutPolygon(*outRec);
+    }
+
+    if (m_StrictSimple) DoSimplePolygons();
+  }
+
+  ClearJoins();
+  ClearGhostJoins();
+  return succeeded;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::SetWindingCount(TEdge &edge)
+{
+  TEdge *e = edge.PrevInAEL;
+  //find the edge of the same polytype that immediately preceeds 'edge' in AEL
+  while (e  && ((e->PolyTyp != edge.PolyTyp) || (e->WindDelta == 0))) e = e->PrevInAEL;
+  if (!e)
+  {
+    if (edge.WindDelta == 0)
+    {
+      PolyFillType pft = (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject ? m_SubjFillType : m_ClipFillType);
+      edge.WindCnt = (pft == pftNegative ? -1 : 1);
+    }
+    else
+      edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta;
+    edge.WindCnt2 = 0;
+    e = m_ActiveEdges; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2
+  }   
+  else if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && m_ClipType != ctUnion)
+  {
+    edge.WindCnt = 1;
+    edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2;
+    e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2
+  }
+  else if (IsEvenOddFillType(edge))
+  {
+    //EvenOdd filling ...
+    if (edge.WindDelta == 0)
+    {
+      //are we inside a subj polygon ...
+      bool Inside = true;
+      TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL;
+      while (e2)
+      {
+        if (e2->PolyTyp == e->PolyTyp && e2->WindDelta != 0) 
+          Inside = !Inside;
+        e2 = e2->PrevInAEL;
+      }
+      edge.WindCnt = (Inside ? 0 : 1);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta;
+    }
+    edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2;
+    e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    //nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ...
+    if (e->WindCnt * e->WindDelta < 0)
+    {
+      //prev edge is 'decreasing' WindCount (WC) toward zero
+      //so we're outside the previous polygon ...
+      if (Abs(e->WindCnt) > 1)
+      {
+        //outside prev poly but still inside another.
+        //when reversing direction of prev poly use the same WC 
+        if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt;
+        //otherwise continue to 'decrease' WC ...
+        else edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta;
+      } 
+      else
+        //now outside all polys of same polytype so set own WC ...
+        edge.WindCnt = (edge.WindDelta == 0 ? 1 : edge.WindDelta);
+    } else
+    {
+      //prev edge is 'increasing' WindCount (WC) away from zero
+      //so we're inside the previous polygon ...
+      if (edge.WindDelta == 0) 
+        edge.WindCnt = (e->WindCnt < 0 ? e->WindCnt - 1 : e->WindCnt + 1);
+      //if wind direction is reversing prev then use same WC
+      else if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt;
+      //otherwise add to WC ...
+      else edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta;
+    }
+    edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2;
+    e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2
+  }
+
+  //update WindCnt2 ...
+  if (IsEvenOddAltFillType(edge))
+  {
+    //EvenOdd filling ...
+    while (e != &edge)
+    {
+      if (e->WindDelta != 0)
+        edge.WindCnt2 = (edge.WindCnt2 == 0 ? 1 : 0);
+      e = e->NextInAEL;
+    }
+  } else
+  {
+    //nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ...
+    while ( e != &edge )
+    {
+      edge.WindCnt2 += e->WindDelta;
+      e = e->NextInAEL;
+    }
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::IsEvenOddFillType(const TEdge& edge) const
+{
+  if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject)
+    return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd; else
+    return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::IsEvenOddAltFillType(const TEdge& edge) const
+{
+  if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject)
+    return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd; else
+    return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::IsContributing(const TEdge& edge) const
+{
+  PolyFillType pft, pft2;
+  if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject)
+  {
+    pft = m_SubjFillType;
+    pft2 = m_ClipFillType;
+  } else
+  {
+    pft = m_ClipFillType;
+    pft2 = m_SubjFillType;
+  }
+
+  switch(pft)
+  {
+    case pftEvenOdd: 
+      //return false if a subj line has been flagged as inside a subj polygon
+      if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && edge.WindCnt != 1) return false;
+      break;
+    case pftNonZero:
+      if (Abs(edge.WindCnt) != 1) return false;
+      break;
+    case pftPositive: 
+      if (edge.WindCnt != 1) return false;
+      break;
+    default: //pftNegative
+      if (edge.WindCnt != -1) return false;
+  }
+
+  switch(m_ClipType)
+  {
+    case ctIntersection:
+      switch(pft2)
+      {
+        case pftEvenOdd: 
+        case pftNonZero: 
+          return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0);
+        case pftPositive: 
+          return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0);
+        default: 
+          return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    case ctUnion:
+      switch(pft2)
+      {
+        case pftEvenOdd: 
+        case pftNonZero: 
+          return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0);
+        case pftPositive: 
+          return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0);
+        default: 
+          return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    case ctDifference:
+      if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject)
+        switch(pft2)
+        {
+          case pftEvenOdd: 
+          case pftNonZero: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0);
+          case pftPositive: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0);
+          default: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0);
+        }
+      else
+        switch(pft2)
+        {
+          case pftEvenOdd: 
+          case pftNonZero: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0);
+          case pftPositive: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0);
+          default: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0);
+        }
+      break;
+    case ctXor:
+      if (edge.WindDelta == 0) //XOr always contributing unless open
+        switch(pft2)
+        {
+          case pftEvenOdd: 
+          case pftNonZero: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0);
+          case pftPositive: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0);
+          default: 
+            return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0);
+        }
+      else 
+        return true;
+      break;
+    default:
+      return true;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutPt* Clipper::AddLocalMinPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt)
+{
+  OutPt* result;
+  TEdge *e, *prevE;
+  if (IsHorizontal(*e2) || ( e1->Dx > e2->Dx ))
+  {
+    result = AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
+    e2->OutIdx = e1->OutIdx;
+    e1->Side = esLeft;
+    e2->Side = esRight;
+    e = e1;
+    if (e->PrevInAEL == e2)
+      prevE = e2->PrevInAEL; 
+    else
+      prevE = e->PrevInAEL;
+  } else
+  {
+    result = AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
+    e1->OutIdx = e2->OutIdx;
+    e1->Side = esRight;
+    e2->Side = esLeft;
+    e = e2;
+    if (e->PrevInAEL == e1)
+        prevE = e1->PrevInAEL;
+    else
+        prevE = e->PrevInAEL;
+  }
+
+  if (prevE && prevE->OutIdx >= 0)
+  {
+    cInt xPrev = TopX(*prevE, Pt.Y);
+    cInt xE = TopX(*e, Pt.Y);
+    if (xPrev == xE && (e->WindDelta != 0) && (prevE->WindDelta != 0) &&
+      SlopesEqual(IntPoint(xPrev, Pt.Y), prevE->Top, IntPoint(xE, Pt.Y), e->Top, m_UseFullRange))
+    {
+      OutPt* outPt = AddOutPt(prevE, Pt);
+      AddJoin(result, outPt, e->Top);
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::AddLocalMaxPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt)
+{
+  AddOutPt( e1, Pt );
+  if (e2->WindDelta == 0) AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
+  if( e1->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx )
+  {
+    e1->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+    e2->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+  }
+  else if (e1->OutIdx < e2->OutIdx) 
+    AppendPolygon(e1, e2); 
+  else 
+    AppendPolygon(e2, e1);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::AddEdgeToSEL(TEdge *edge)
+{
+  //SEL pointers in PEdge are reused to build a list of horizontal edges.
+  //However, we don't need to worry about order with horizontal edge processing.
+  if( !m_SortedEdges )
+  {
+    m_SortedEdges = edge;
+    edge->PrevInSEL = 0;
+    edge->NextInSEL = 0;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    edge->NextInSEL = m_SortedEdges;
+    edge->PrevInSEL = 0;
+    m_SortedEdges->PrevInSEL = edge;
+    m_SortedEdges = edge;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::PopEdgeFromSEL(TEdge *&edge)
+{
+  if (!m_SortedEdges) return false;
+  edge = m_SortedEdges;
+  DeleteFromSEL(m_SortedEdges);
+  return true;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::CopyAELToSEL()
+{
+  TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges;
+  m_SortedEdges = e;
+  while ( e )
+  {
+    e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL;
+    e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL;
+    e = e->NextInAEL;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::AddJoin(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op2, const IntPoint OffPt)
+{
+  Join* j = new Join;
+  j->OutPt1 = op1;
+  j->OutPt2 = op2;
+  j->OffPt = OffPt;
+  m_Joins.push_back(j);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::ClearJoins()
+{
+  for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++)
+    delete m_Joins[i];
+  m_Joins.resize(0);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::ClearGhostJoins()
+{
+  for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); i++)
+    delete m_GhostJoins[i];
+  m_GhostJoins.resize(0);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::AddGhostJoin(OutPt *op, const IntPoint OffPt)
+{
+  Join* j = new Join;
+  j->OutPt1 = op;
+  j->OutPt2 = 0;
+  j->OffPt = OffPt;
+  m_GhostJoins.push_back(j);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(const cInt botY)
+{
+  const LocalMinimum *lm;
+  while (PopLocalMinima(botY, lm))
+  {
+    TEdge* lb = lm->LeftBound;
+    TEdge* rb = lm->RightBound;
+    
+    OutPt *Op1 = 0;
+    if (!lb)
+    {
+      //nb: don't insert LB into either AEL or SEL
+      InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, 0);
+      SetWindingCount(*rb);
+      if (IsContributing(*rb))
+        Op1 = AddOutPt(rb, rb->Bot); 
+    } 
+    else if (!rb)
+    {
+      InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0);
+      SetWindingCount(*lb);
+      if (IsContributing(*lb))
+        Op1 = AddOutPt(lb, lb->Bot);
+      InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0);
+      InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, lb);
+      SetWindingCount( *lb );
+      rb->WindCnt = lb->WindCnt;
+      rb->WindCnt2 = lb->WindCnt2;
+      if (IsContributing(*lb))
+        Op1 = AddLocalMinPoly(lb, rb, lb->Bot);      
+      InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y);
+    }
+
+     if (rb)
+     {
+		 if (IsHorizontal(*rb))
+		 {
+			 AddEdgeToSEL(rb);
+			 if (rb->NextInLML) 
+				 InsertScanbeam(rb->NextInLML->Top.Y);
+		 }
+		 else InsertScanbeam( rb->Top.Y );
+     }
+
+    if (!lb || !rb) continue;
+
+    //if any output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ...
+    if (Op1 && IsHorizontal(*rb) && 
+      m_GhostJoins.size() > 0 && (rb->WindDelta != 0))
+    {
+      for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); ++i)
+      {
+        Join* jr = m_GhostJoins[i];
+        //if the horizontal Rb and a 'ghost' horizontal overlap, then convert
+        //the 'ghost' join to a real join ready for later ...
+        if (HorzSegmentsOverlap(jr->OutPt1->Pt.X, jr->OffPt.X, rb->Bot.X, rb->Top.X))
+          AddJoin(jr->OutPt1, Op1, jr->OffPt);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (lb->OutIdx >= 0 && lb->PrevInAEL && 
+      lb->PrevInAEL->Curr.X == lb->Bot.X &&
+      lb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 &&
+      SlopesEqual(lb->PrevInAEL->Bot, lb->PrevInAEL->Top, lb->Curr, lb->Top, m_UseFullRange) &&
+      (lb->WindDelta != 0) && (lb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0))
+    {
+        OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(lb->PrevInAEL, lb->Bot);
+        AddJoin(Op1, Op2, lb->Top);
+    }
+
+    if(lb->NextInAEL != rb)
+    {
+
+      if (rb->OutIdx >= 0 && rb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 &&
+        SlopesEqual(rb->PrevInAEL->Curr, rb->PrevInAEL->Top, rb->Curr, rb->Top, m_UseFullRange) &&
+        (rb->WindDelta != 0) && (rb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0))
+      {
+          OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(rb->PrevInAEL, rb->Bot);
+          AddJoin(Op1, Op2, rb->Top);
+      }
+
+      TEdge* e = lb->NextInAEL;
+      if (e)
+      {
+        while( e != rb )
+        {
+          //nb: For calculating winding counts etc, IntersectEdges() assumes
+          //that param1 will be to the Right of param2 ABOVE the intersection ...
+          IntersectEdges(rb , e , lb->Curr); //order important here
+          e = e->NextInAEL;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::DeleteFromSEL(TEdge *e)
+{
+  TEdge* SelPrev = e->PrevInSEL;
+  TEdge* SelNext = e->NextInSEL;
+  if( !SelPrev &&  !SelNext && (e != m_SortedEdges) ) return; //already deleted
+  if( SelPrev ) SelPrev->NextInSEL = SelNext;
+  else m_SortedEdges = SelNext;
+  if( SelNext ) SelNext->PrevInSEL = SelPrev;
+  e->NextInSEL = 0;
+  e->PrevInSEL = 0;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef use_xyz
+void Clipper::SetZ(IntPoint& pt, TEdge& e1, TEdge& e2)
+{
+  if (pt.Z != 0 || !m_ZFill) return;
+  else if (pt == e1.Bot) pt.Z = e1.Bot.Z;
+  else if (pt == e1.Top) pt.Z = e1.Top.Z;
+  else if (pt == e2.Bot) pt.Z = e2.Bot.Z;
+  else if (pt == e2.Top) pt.Z = e2.Top.Z;
+  else (*m_ZFill)(e1.Bot, e1.Top, e2.Bot, e2.Top, pt); 
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#endif
+
+void Clipper::IntersectEdges(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, IntPoint &Pt)
+{
+  bool e1Contributing = ( e1->OutIdx >= 0 );
+  bool e2Contributing = ( e2->OutIdx >= 0 );
+
+#ifdef use_xyz
+        SetZ(Pt, *e1, *e2);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef use_lines
+  //if either edge is on an OPEN path ...
+  if (e1->WindDelta == 0 || e2->WindDelta == 0)
+  {
+    //ignore subject-subject open path intersections UNLESS they
+    //are both open paths, AND they are both 'contributing maximas' ...
+	if (e1->WindDelta == 0 && e2->WindDelta == 0) return;
+
+    //if intersecting a subj line with a subj poly ...
+    else if (e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp && 
+      e1->WindDelta != e2->WindDelta && m_ClipType == ctUnion)
+    {
+      if (e1->WindDelta == 0)
+      {
+        if (e2Contributing)
+        {
+          AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
+          if (e1Contributing) e1->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        if (e1Contributing)
+        {
+          AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
+          if (e2Contributing) e2->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp)
+    {
+      //toggle subj open path OutIdx on/off when Abs(clip.WndCnt) == 1 ...
+      if ((e1->WindDelta == 0) && abs(e2->WindCnt) == 1 && 
+        (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e2->WindCnt2 == 0))
+      {
+        AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
+        if (e1Contributing) e1->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+      }
+      else if ((e2->WindDelta == 0) && (abs(e1->WindCnt) == 1) && 
+        (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e1->WindCnt2 == 0))
+      {
+        AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
+        if (e2Contributing) e2->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+      }
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  //update winding counts...
+  //assumes that e1 will be to the Right of e2 ABOVE the intersection
+  if ( e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp )
+  {
+    if ( IsEvenOddFillType( *e1) )
+    {
+      int oldE1WindCnt = e1->WindCnt;
+      e1->WindCnt = e2->WindCnt;
+      e2->WindCnt = oldE1WindCnt;
+    } else
+    {
+      if (e1->WindCnt + e2->WindDelta == 0 ) e1->WindCnt = -e1->WindCnt;
+      else e1->WindCnt += e2->WindDelta;
+      if ( e2->WindCnt - e1->WindDelta == 0 ) e2->WindCnt = -e2->WindCnt;
+      else e2->WindCnt -= e1->WindDelta;
+    }
+  } else
+  {
+    if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e2)) e1->WindCnt2 += e2->WindDelta;
+    else e1->WindCnt2 = ( e1->WindCnt2 == 0 ) ? 1 : 0;
+    if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e1)) e2->WindCnt2 -= e1->WindDelta;
+    else e2->WindCnt2 = ( e2->WindCnt2 == 0 ) ? 1 : 0;
+  }
+
+  PolyFillType e1FillType, e2FillType, e1FillType2, e2FillType2;
+  if (e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject)
+  {
+    e1FillType = m_SubjFillType;
+    e1FillType2 = m_ClipFillType;
+  } else
+  {
+    e1FillType = m_ClipFillType;
+    e1FillType2 = m_SubjFillType;
+  }
+  if (e2->PolyTyp == ptSubject)
+  {
+    e2FillType = m_SubjFillType;
+    e2FillType2 = m_ClipFillType;
+  } else
+  {
+    e2FillType = m_ClipFillType;
+    e2FillType2 = m_SubjFillType;
+  }
+
+  cInt e1Wc, e2Wc;
+  switch (e1FillType)
+  {
+    case pftPositive: e1Wc = e1->WindCnt; break;
+    case pftNegative: e1Wc = -e1->WindCnt; break;
+    default: e1Wc = Abs(e1->WindCnt);
+  }
+  switch(e2FillType)
+  {
+    case pftPositive: e2Wc = e2->WindCnt; break;
+    case pftNegative: e2Wc = -e2->WindCnt; break;
+    default: e2Wc = Abs(e2->WindCnt);
+  }
+
+  if ( e1Contributing && e2Contributing )
+  {
+    if ((e1Wc != 0 && e1Wc != 1) || (e2Wc != 0 && e2Wc != 1) ||
+      (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp && m_ClipType != ctXor) )
+    {
+      AddLocalMaxPoly(e1, e2, Pt); 
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
+      AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
+      SwapSides( *e1 , *e2 );
+      SwapPolyIndexes( *e1 , *e2 );
+    }
+  }
+  else if ( e1Contributing )
+  {
+    if (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1) 
+    {
+      AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
+      SwapSides(*e1, *e2);
+      SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2);
+    }
+  }
+  else if ( e2Contributing )
+  {
+    if (e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) 
+    {
+      AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
+      SwapSides(*e1, *e2);
+      SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2);
+    }
+  } 
+  else if ( (e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) && (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1))
+  {
+    //neither edge is currently contributing ...
+
+    cInt e1Wc2, e2Wc2;
+    switch (e1FillType2)
+    {
+      case pftPositive: e1Wc2 = e1->WindCnt2; break;
+      case pftNegative : e1Wc2 = -e1->WindCnt2; break;
+      default: e1Wc2 = Abs(e1->WindCnt2);
+    }
+    switch (e2FillType2)
+    {
+      case pftPositive: e2Wc2 = e2->WindCnt2; break;
+      case pftNegative: e2Wc2 = -e2->WindCnt2; break;
+      default: e2Wc2 = Abs(e2->WindCnt2);
+    }
+
+    if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp)
+    {
+      AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
+    }
+    else if (e1Wc == 1 && e2Wc == 1)
+      switch( m_ClipType ) {
+        case ctIntersection:
+          if (e1Wc2 > 0 && e2Wc2 > 0)
+            AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
+          break;
+        case ctUnion:
+          if ( e1Wc2 <= 0 && e2Wc2 <= 0 )
+            AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
+          break;
+        case ctDifference:
+          if (((e1->PolyTyp == ptClip) && (e1Wc2 > 0) && (e2Wc2 > 0)) ||
+              ((e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject) && (e1Wc2 <= 0) && (e2Wc2 <= 0)))
+                AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
+          break;
+        case ctXor:
+          AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
+      }
+    else
+      SwapSides( *e1, *e2 );
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::SetHoleState(TEdge *e, OutRec *outrec)
+{
+  TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL;
+  TEdge *eTmp = 0;
+  while (e2)
+  {
+    if (e2->OutIdx >= 0 && e2->WindDelta != 0)
+    {
+      if (!eTmp) eTmp = e2;
+      else if (eTmp->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx) eTmp = 0;        
+    }
+    e2 = e2->PrevInAEL;
+  }
+  if (!eTmp)
+  {
+    outrec->FirstLeft = 0;
+    outrec->IsHole = false;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    outrec->FirstLeft = m_PolyOuts[eTmp->OutIdx];
+    outrec->IsHole = !outrec->FirstLeft->IsHole;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutRec* GetLowermostRec(OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2)
+{
+  //work out which polygon fragment has the correct hole state ...
+  if (!outRec1->BottomPt) 
+    outRec1->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec1->Pts);
+  if (!outRec2->BottomPt) 
+    outRec2->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec2->Pts);
+  OutPt *OutPt1 = outRec1->BottomPt;
+  OutPt *OutPt2 = outRec2->BottomPt;
+  if (OutPt1->Pt.Y > OutPt2->Pt.Y) return outRec1;
+  else if (OutPt1->Pt.Y < OutPt2->Pt.Y) return outRec2;
+  else if (OutPt1->Pt.X < OutPt2->Pt.X) return outRec1;
+  else if (OutPt1->Pt.X > OutPt2->Pt.X) return outRec2;
+  else if (OutPt1->Next == OutPt1) return outRec2;
+  else if (OutPt2->Next == OutPt2) return outRec1;
+  else if (FirstIsBottomPt(OutPt1, OutPt2)) return outRec1;
+  else return outRec2;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2)
+{
+  do
+  {
+    outRec1 = outRec1->FirstLeft;
+    if (outRec1 == outRec2) return true;
+  } while (outRec1);
+  return false;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutRec* Clipper::GetOutRec(int Idx)
+{
+  OutRec* outrec = m_PolyOuts[Idx];
+  while (outrec != m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx])
+    outrec = m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx];
+  return outrec;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::AppendPolygon(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2)
+{
+  //get the start and ends of both output polygons ...
+  OutRec *outRec1 = m_PolyOuts[e1->OutIdx];
+  OutRec *outRec2 = m_PolyOuts[e2->OutIdx];
+
+  OutRec *holeStateRec;
+  if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec1, outRec2))
+    holeStateRec = outRec2;
+  else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec2, outRec1))
+    holeStateRec = outRec1;
+  else 
+    holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2);
+
+  //get the start and ends of both output polygons and
+  //join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ...
+
+  OutPt* p1_lft = outRec1->Pts;
+  OutPt* p1_rt = p1_lft->Prev;
+  OutPt* p2_lft = outRec2->Pts;
+  OutPt* p2_rt = p2_lft->Prev;
+
+  //join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ...
+  if(  e1->Side == esLeft )
+  {
+    if(  e2->Side == esLeft )
+    {
+      //z y x a b c
+      ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft);
+      p2_lft->Next = p1_lft;
+      p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft;
+      p1_rt->Next = p2_rt;
+      p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt;
+      outRec1->Pts = p2_rt;
+    } else
+    {
+      //x y z a b c
+      p2_rt->Next = p1_lft;
+      p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt;
+      p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt;
+      p1_rt->Next = p2_lft;
+      outRec1->Pts = p2_lft;
+    }
+  } else
+  {
+    if(  e2->Side == esRight )
+    {
+      //a b c z y x
+      ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft);
+      p1_rt->Next = p2_rt;
+      p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt;
+      p2_lft->Next = p1_lft;
+      p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft;
+    } else
+    {
+      //a b c x y z
+      p1_rt->Next = p2_lft;
+      p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt;
+      p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt;
+      p2_rt->Next = p1_lft;
+    }
+  }
+
+  outRec1->BottomPt = 0;
+  if (holeStateRec == outRec2)
+  {
+    if (outRec2->FirstLeft != outRec1)
+      outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft;
+    outRec1->IsHole = outRec2->IsHole;
+  }
+  outRec2->Pts = 0;
+  outRec2->BottomPt = 0;
+  outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1;
+
+  int OKIdx = e1->OutIdx;
+  int ObsoleteIdx = e2->OutIdx;
+
+  e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; //nb: safe because we only get here via AddLocalMaxPoly
+  e2->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+
+  TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges;
+  while( e )
+  {
+    if( e->OutIdx == ObsoleteIdx )
+    {
+      e->OutIdx = OKIdx;
+      e->Side = e1->Side;
+      break;
+    }
+    e = e->NextInAEL;
+  }
+
+  outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutPt* Clipper::AddOutPt(TEdge *e, const IntPoint &pt)
+{
+  if(  e->OutIdx < 0 )
+  {
+    OutRec *outRec = CreateOutRec();
+    outRec->IsOpen = (e->WindDelta == 0);
+    OutPt* newOp = new OutPt;
+    outRec->Pts = newOp;
+    newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx;
+    newOp->Pt = pt;
+    newOp->Next = newOp;
+    newOp->Prev = newOp;
+    if (!outRec->IsOpen)
+      SetHoleState(e, outRec);
+    e->OutIdx = outRec->Idx;
+    return newOp;
+  } else
+  {
+    OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx];
+    //OutRec.Pts is the 'Left-most' point & OutRec.Pts.Prev is the 'Right-most'
+    OutPt* op = outRec->Pts;
+
+	bool ToFront = (e->Side == esLeft);
+	if (ToFront && (pt == op->Pt)) return op;
+    else if (!ToFront && (pt == op->Prev->Pt)) return op->Prev;
+
+    OutPt* newOp = new OutPt;
+    newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx;
+    newOp->Pt = pt;
+    newOp->Next = op;
+    newOp->Prev = op->Prev;
+    newOp->Prev->Next = newOp;
+    op->Prev = newOp;
+    if (ToFront) outRec->Pts = newOp;
+    return newOp;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutPt* Clipper::GetLastOutPt(TEdge *e)
+{
+	OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx];
+	if (e->Side == esLeft)
+		return outRec->Pts;
+	else
+		return outRec->Pts->Prev;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::ProcessHorizontals()
+{
+  TEdge* horzEdge;
+  while (PopEdgeFromSEL(horzEdge))
+    ProcessHorizontal(horzEdge);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline bool IsMinima(TEdge *e)
+{
+  return e  && (e->Prev->NextInLML != e) && (e->Next->NextInLML != e);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline bool IsMaxima(TEdge *e, const cInt Y)
+{
+  return e && e->Top.Y == Y && !e->NextInLML;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline bool IsIntermediate(TEdge *e, const cInt Y)
+{
+  return e->Top.Y == Y && e->NextInLML;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEdge *GetMaximaPair(TEdge *e)
+{
+  if ((e->Next->Top == e->Top) && !e->Next->NextInLML)
+    return e->Next;
+  else if ((e->Prev->Top == e->Top) && !e->Prev->NextInLML)
+    return e->Prev;
+  else return 0;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEdge *GetMaximaPairEx(TEdge *e)
+{
+  //as GetMaximaPair() but returns 0 if MaxPair isn't in AEL (unless it's horizontal)
+  TEdge* result = GetMaximaPair(e);
+  if (result && (result->OutIdx == Skip ||
+    (result->NextInAEL == result->PrevInAEL && !IsHorizontal(*result)))) return 0;
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::SwapPositionsInSEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2)
+{
+  if(  !( Edge1->NextInSEL ) &&  !( Edge1->PrevInSEL ) ) return;
+  if(  !( Edge2->NextInSEL ) &&  !( Edge2->PrevInSEL ) ) return;
+
+  if(  Edge1->NextInSEL == Edge2 )
+  {
+    TEdge* Next = Edge2->NextInSEL;
+    if( Next ) Next->PrevInSEL = Edge1;
+    TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL;
+    if( Prev ) Prev->NextInSEL = Edge2;
+    Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev;
+    Edge2->NextInSEL = Edge1;
+    Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2;
+    Edge1->NextInSEL = Next;
+  }
+  else if(  Edge2->NextInSEL == Edge1 )
+  {
+    TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInSEL;
+    if( Next ) Next->PrevInSEL = Edge2;
+    TEdge* Prev = Edge2->PrevInSEL;
+    if( Prev ) Prev->NextInSEL = Edge1;
+    Edge1->PrevInSEL = Prev;
+    Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2;
+    Edge2->PrevInSEL = Edge1;
+    Edge2->NextInSEL = Next;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInSEL;
+    TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL;
+    Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2->NextInSEL;
+    if( Edge1->NextInSEL ) Edge1->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge1;
+    Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2->PrevInSEL;
+    if( Edge1->PrevInSEL ) Edge1->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge1;
+    Edge2->NextInSEL = Next;
+    if( Edge2->NextInSEL ) Edge2->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge2;
+    Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev;
+    if( Edge2->PrevInSEL ) Edge2->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge2;
+  }
+
+  if( !Edge1->PrevInSEL ) m_SortedEdges = Edge1;
+  else if( !Edge2->PrevInSEL ) m_SortedEdges = Edge2;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEdge* GetNextInAEL(TEdge *e, Direction dir)
+{
+  return dir == dLeftToRight ? e->NextInAEL : e->PrevInAEL;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void GetHorzDirection(TEdge& HorzEdge, Direction& Dir, cInt& Left, cInt& Right)
+{
+  if (HorzEdge.Bot.X < HorzEdge.Top.X)
+  {
+    Left = HorzEdge.Bot.X;
+    Right = HorzEdge.Top.X;
+    Dir = dLeftToRight;
+  } else
+  {
+    Left = HorzEdge.Top.X;
+    Right = HorzEdge.Bot.X;
+    Dir = dRightToLeft;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+* Notes: Horizontal edges (HEs) at scanline intersections (ie at the Top or    *
+* Bottom of a scanbeam) are processed as if layered. The order in which HEs    *
+* are processed doesn't matter. HEs intersect with other HE Bot.Xs only [#]    *
+* (or they could intersect with Top.Xs only, ie EITHER Bot.Xs OR Top.Xs),      *
+* and with other non-horizontal edges [*]. Once these intersections are        *
+* processed, intermediate HEs then 'promote' the Edge above (NextInLML) into   *
+* the AEL. These 'promoted' edges may in turn intersect [%] with other HEs.    *
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+void Clipper::ProcessHorizontal(TEdge *horzEdge)
+{
+  Direction dir;
+  cInt horzLeft, horzRight;
+  bool IsOpen = (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0);
+
+  GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight);
+
+  TEdge* eLastHorz = horzEdge, *eMaxPair = 0;
+  while (eLastHorz->NextInLML && IsHorizontal(*eLastHorz->NextInLML)) 
+    eLastHorz = eLastHorz->NextInLML;
+  if (!eLastHorz->NextInLML)
+    eMaxPair = GetMaximaPair(eLastHorz);
+
+  MaximaList::const_iterator maxIt;
+  MaximaList::const_reverse_iterator maxRit;
+  if (m_Maxima.size() > 0)
+  {
+      //get the first maxima in range (X) ...
+      if (dir == dLeftToRight)
+      {
+          maxIt = m_Maxima.begin();
+          while (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt <= horzEdge->Bot.X) maxIt++;
+          if (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt >= eLastHorz->Top.X)
+              maxIt = m_Maxima.end();
+      }
+      else
+      {
+          maxRit = m_Maxima.rbegin();
+          while (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit > horzEdge->Bot.X) maxRit++;
+          if (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit <= eLastHorz->Top.X)
+              maxRit = m_Maxima.rend();
+      }
+  }
+
+  OutPt* op1 = 0;
+
+  for (;;) //loop through consec. horizontal edges
+  {
+		  
+    bool IsLastHorz = (horzEdge == eLastHorz);
+    TEdge* e = GetNextInAEL(horzEdge, dir);
+    while(e)
+    {
+
+        //this code block inserts extra coords into horizontal edges (in output
+        //polygons) whereever maxima touch these horizontal edges. This helps
+        //'simplifying' polygons (ie if the Simplify property is set).
+        if (m_Maxima.size() > 0)
+        {
+            if (dir == dLeftToRight)
+            {
+                while (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt < e->Curr.X) 
+                {
+                  if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen)
+                    AddOutPt(horzEdge, IntPoint(*maxIt, horzEdge->Bot.Y));
+                  maxIt++;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                while (maxRit != m_Maxima.rend() && *maxRit > e->Curr.X)
+                {
+                  if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen)
+                    AddOutPt(horzEdge, IntPoint(*maxRit, horzEdge->Bot.Y));
+                  maxRit++;
+                }
+            }
+        };
+
+        if ((dir == dLeftToRight && e->Curr.X > horzRight) ||
+			(dir == dRightToLeft && e->Curr.X < horzLeft)) break;
+
+		//Also break if we've got to the end of an intermediate horizontal edge ...
+		//nb: Smaller Dx's are to the right of larger Dx's ABOVE the horizontal.
+		if (e->Curr.X == horzEdge->Top.X && horzEdge->NextInLML && 
+			e->Dx < horzEdge->NextInLML->Dx) break;
+
+    if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen)  //note: may be done multiple times
+		{
+            op1 = AddOutPt(horzEdge, e->Curr);
+			TEdge* eNextHorz = m_SortedEdges;
+			while (eNextHorz)
+			{
+				if (eNextHorz->OutIdx >= 0 &&
+					HorzSegmentsOverlap(horzEdge->Bot.X,
+					horzEdge->Top.X, eNextHorz->Bot.X, eNextHorz->Top.X))
+				{
+                    OutPt* op2 = GetLastOutPt(eNextHorz);
+                    AddJoin(op2, op1, eNextHorz->Top);
+				}
+				eNextHorz = eNextHorz->NextInSEL;
+			}
+			AddGhostJoin(op1, horzEdge->Bot);
+		}
+		
+		//OK, so far we're still in range of the horizontal Edge  but make sure
+        //we're at the last of consec. horizontals when matching with eMaxPair
+        if(e == eMaxPair && IsLastHorz)
+        {
+          if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0)
+            AddLocalMaxPoly(horzEdge, eMaxPair, horzEdge->Top);
+          DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge);
+          DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair);
+          return;
+        }
+        
+		if(dir == dLeftToRight)
+        {
+          IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y);
+          IntersectEdges(horzEdge, e, Pt);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y);
+          IntersectEdges( e, horzEdge, Pt);
+        }
+        TEdge* eNext = GetNextInAEL(e, dir);
+        SwapPositionsInAEL( horzEdge, e );
+        e = eNext;
+    } //end while(e)
+
+	//Break out of loop if HorzEdge.NextInLML is not also horizontal ...
+	if (!horzEdge->NextInLML || !IsHorizontal(*horzEdge->NextInLML)) break;
+
+	UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge);
+    if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Bot);
+    GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight);
+
+  } //end for (;;)
+
+  if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !op1)
+  {
+      op1 = GetLastOutPt(horzEdge);
+      TEdge* eNextHorz = m_SortedEdges;
+      while (eNextHorz)
+      {
+          if (eNextHorz->OutIdx >= 0 &&
+              HorzSegmentsOverlap(horzEdge->Bot.X,
+              horzEdge->Top.X, eNextHorz->Bot.X, eNextHorz->Top.X))
+          {
+              OutPt* op2 = GetLastOutPt(eNextHorz);
+              AddJoin(op2, op1, eNextHorz->Top);
+          }
+          eNextHorz = eNextHorz->NextInSEL;
+      }
+      AddGhostJoin(op1, horzEdge->Top);
+  }
+
+  if (horzEdge->NextInLML)
+  {
+    if(horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0)
+    {
+      op1 = AddOutPt( horzEdge, horzEdge->Top);
+      UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge);
+      if (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0) return;
+      //nb: HorzEdge is no longer horizontal here
+      TEdge* ePrev = horzEdge->PrevInAEL;
+      TEdge* eNext = horzEdge->NextInAEL;
+      if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X &&
+        ePrev->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && ePrev->WindDelta != 0 &&
+        (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y &&
+        SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *ePrev, m_UseFullRange)))
+      {
+        OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, horzEdge->Bot);
+        AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top);
+      }
+      else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X &&
+        eNext->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && eNext->WindDelta != 0 &&
+        eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y &&
+        SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *eNext, m_UseFullRange))
+      {
+        OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, horzEdge->Bot);
+        AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top);
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); 
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Top);
+    DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge);
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::ProcessIntersections(const cInt topY)
+{
+  if( !m_ActiveEdges ) return true;
+  try {
+    BuildIntersectList(topY);
+    size_t IlSize = m_IntersectList.size();
+    if (IlSize == 0) return true;
+    if (IlSize == 1 || FixupIntersectionOrder()) ProcessIntersectList();
+    else return false;
+  }
+  catch(...) 
+  {
+    m_SortedEdges = 0;
+    DisposeIntersectNodes();
+    throw clipperException("ProcessIntersections error");
+  }
+  m_SortedEdges = 0;
+  return true;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::DisposeIntersectNodes()
+{
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i )
+    delete m_IntersectList[i];
+  m_IntersectList.clear();
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::BuildIntersectList(const cInt topY)
+{
+  if ( !m_ActiveEdges ) return;
+
+  //prepare for sorting ...
+  TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges;
+  m_SortedEdges = e;
+  while( e )
+  {
+    e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL;
+    e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL;
+    e->Curr.X = TopX( *e, topY );
+    e = e->NextInAEL;
+  }
+
+  //bubblesort ...
+  bool isModified;
+  do
+  {
+    isModified = false;
+    e = m_SortedEdges;
+    while( e->NextInSEL )
+    {
+      TEdge *eNext = e->NextInSEL;
+      IntPoint Pt;
+      if(e->Curr.X > eNext->Curr.X)
+      {
+        IntersectPoint(*e, *eNext, Pt);
+        if (Pt.Y < topY) Pt = IntPoint(TopX(*e, topY), topY);
+        IntersectNode * newNode = new IntersectNode;
+        newNode->Edge1 = e;
+        newNode->Edge2 = eNext;
+        newNode->Pt = Pt;
+        m_IntersectList.push_back(newNode);
+
+        SwapPositionsInSEL(e, eNext);
+        isModified = true;
+      }
+      else
+        e = eNext;
+    }
+    if( e->PrevInSEL ) e->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = 0;
+    else break;
+  }
+  while ( isModified );
+  m_SortedEdges = 0; //important
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+void Clipper::ProcessIntersectList()
+{
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i)
+  {
+    IntersectNode* iNode = m_IntersectList[i];
+    {
+      IntersectEdges( iNode->Edge1, iNode->Edge2, iNode->Pt);
+      SwapPositionsInAEL( iNode->Edge1 , iNode->Edge2 );
+    }
+    delete iNode;
+  }
+  m_IntersectList.clear();
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool IntersectListSort(IntersectNode* node1, IntersectNode* node2)
+{
+  return node2->Pt.Y < node1->Pt.Y;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline bool EdgesAdjacent(const IntersectNode &inode)
+{
+  return (inode.Edge1->NextInSEL == inode.Edge2) ||
+    (inode.Edge1->PrevInSEL == inode.Edge2);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::FixupIntersectionOrder()
+{
+  //pre-condition: intersections are sorted Bottom-most first.
+  //Now it's crucial that intersections are made only between adjacent edges,
+  //so to ensure this the order of intersections may need adjusting ...
+  CopyAELToSEL();
+  std::sort(m_IntersectList.begin(), m_IntersectList.end(), IntersectListSort);
+  size_t cnt = m_IntersectList.size();
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) 
+  {
+    if (!EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[i]))
+    {
+      size_t j = i + 1;
+      while (j < cnt && !EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[j])) j++;
+      if (j == cnt)  return false;
+      std::swap(m_IntersectList[i], m_IntersectList[j]);
+    }
+    SwapPositionsInSEL(m_IntersectList[i]->Edge1, m_IntersectList[i]->Edge2);
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::DoMaxima(TEdge *e)
+{
+  TEdge* eMaxPair = GetMaximaPairEx(e);
+  if (!eMaxPair)
+  {
+    if (e->OutIdx >= 0)
+      AddOutPt(e, e->Top);
+    DeleteFromAEL(e);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  TEdge* eNext = e->NextInAEL;
+  while(eNext && eNext != eMaxPair)
+  {
+    IntersectEdges(e, eNext, e->Top);
+    SwapPositionsInAEL(e, eNext);
+    eNext = e->NextInAEL;
+  }
+
+  if(e->OutIdx == Unassigned && eMaxPair->OutIdx == Unassigned)
+  {
+    DeleteFromAEL(e);
+    DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair);
+  }
+  else if( e->OutIdx >= 0 && eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0 )
+  {
+    if (e->OutIdx >= 0) AddLocalMaxPoly(e, eMaxPair, e->Top);
+    DeleteFromAEL(e);
+    DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair);
+  }
+#ifdef use_lines
+  else if (e->WindDelta == 0)
+  {
+    if (e->OutIdx >= 0) 
+    {
+      AddOutPt(e, e->Top);
+      e->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+    }
+    DeleteFromAEL(e);
+
+    if (eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0)
+    {
+      AddOutPt(eMaxPair, e->Top);
+      eMaxPair->OutIdx = Unassigned;
+    }
+    DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair);
+  } 
+#endif
+  else throw clipperException("DoMaxima error");
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(const cInt topY)
+{
+  TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges;
+  while( e )
+  {
+    //1. process maxima, treating them as if they're 'bent' horizontal edges,
+    //   but exclude maxima with horizontal edges. nb: e can't be a horizontal.
+    bool IsMaximaEdge = IsMaxima(e, topY);
+
+    if(IsMaximaEdge)
+    {
+      TEdge* eMaxPair = GetMaximaPairEx(e);
+      IsMaximaEdge = (!eMaxPair || !IsHorizontal(*eMaxPair));
+    }
+
+    if(IsMaximaEdge)
+    {
+      if (m_StrictSimple) m_Maxima.push_back(e->Top.X);
+      TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL;
+      DoMaxima(e);
+      if( !ePrev ) e = m_ActiveEdges;
+      else e = ePrev->NextInAEL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      //2. promote horizontal edges, otherwise update Curr.X and Curr.Y ...
+      if (IsIntermediate(e, topY) && IsHorizontal(*e->NextInLML))
+      {
+        UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e);
+        if (e->OutIdx >= 0)
+          AddOutPt(e, e->Bot);
+        AddEdgeToSEL(e);
+      } 
+      else
+      {
+        e->Curr.X = TopX( *e, topY );
+        e->Curr.Y = topY;
+      }
+
+      //When StrictlySimple and 'e' is being touched by another edge, then
+      //make sure both edges have a vertex here ...
+      if (m_StrictSimple)
+      {  
+        TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL;
+        if ((e->OutIdx >= 0) && (e->WindDelta != 0) && ePrev && (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0) &&
+          (ePrev->Curr.X == e->Curr.X) && (ePrev->WindDelta != 0))
+        {
+          IntPoint pt = e->Curr;
+#ifdef use_xyz
+          SetZ(pt, *ePrev, *e);
+#endif
+          OutPt* op = AddOutPt(ePrev, pt);
+          OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(e, pt);
+          AddJoin(op, op2, pt); //StrictlySimple (type-3) join
+        }
+      }
+
+      e = e->NextInAEL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  //3. Process horizontals at the Top of the scanbeam ...
+  m_Maxima.sort();
+  ProcessHorizontals();
+  m_Maxima.clear();
+
+  //4. Promote intermediate vertices ...
+  e = m_ActiveEdges;
+  while(e)
+  {
+    if(IsIntermediate(e, topY))
+    {
+      OutPt* op = 0;
+      if( e->OutIdx >= 0 ) 
+        op = AddOutPt(e, e->Top);
+      UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e);
+
+      //if output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ...
+      TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL;
+      TEdge* eNext = e->NextInAEL;
+      if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == e->Bot.X &&
+        ePrev->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && op &&
+        ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y &&
+        SlopesEqual(e->Curr, e->Top, ePrev->Curr, ePrev->Top, m_UseFullRange) &&
+        (e->WindDelta != 0) && (ePrev->WindDelta != 0))
+      {
+        OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, e->Bot);
+        AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top);
+      }
+      else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == e->Bot.X &&
+        eNext->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && op &&
+        eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y &&
+        SlopesEqual(e->Curr, e->Top, eNext->Curr, eNext->Top, m_UseFullRange) &&
+        (e->WindDelta != 0) && (eNext->WindDelta != 0))
+      {
+        OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, e->Bot);
+        AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top);
+      }
+    }
+    e = e->NextInAEL;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::FixupOutPolyline(OutRec &outrec)
+{
+  OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts;
+  OutPt *lastPP = pp->Prev;
+  while (pp != lastPP)
+  {
+    pp = pp->Next;
+    if (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt)
+    {
+      if (pp == lastPP) lastPP = pp->Prev;
+      OutPt *tmpPP = pp->Prev;
+      tmpPP->Next = pp->Next;
+      pp->Next->Prev = tmpPP;
+      delete pp;
+      pp = tmpPP;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (pp == pp->Prev)
+  {
+    DisposeOutPts(pp);
+    outrec.Pts = 0;
+    return;
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::FixupOutPolygon(OutRec &outrec)
+{
+    //FixupOutPolygon() - removes duplicate points and simplifies consecutive
+    //parallel edges by removing the middle vertex.
+    OutPt *lastOK = 0;
+    outrec.BottomPt = 0;
+    OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts;
+    bool preserveCol = m_PreserveCollinear || m_StrictSimple;
+
+    for (;;)
+    {
+        if (pp->Prev == pp || pp->Prev == pp->Next)
+        {
+            DisposeOutPts(pp);
+            outrec.Pts = 0;
+            return;
+        }
+
+        //test for duplicate points and collinear edges ...
+        if ((pp->Pt == pp->Next->Pt) || (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt) ||
+            (SlopesEqual(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt, m_UseFullRange) &&
+            (!preserveCol || !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt))))
+        {
+            lastOK = 0;
+            OutPt *tmp = pp;
+            pp->Prev->Next = pp->Next;
+            pp->Next->Prev = pp->Prev;
+            pp = pp->Prev;
+            delete tmp;
+        }
+        else if (pp == lastOK) break;
+        else
+        {
+            if (!lastOK) lastOK = pp;
+            pp = pp->Next;
+        }
+    }
+    outrec.Pts = pp;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int PointCount(OutPt *Pts)
+{
+    if (!Pts) return 0;
+    int result = 0;
+    OutPt* p = Pts;
+    do
+    {
+        result++;
+        p = p->Next;
+    }
+    while (p != Pts);
+    return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::BuildResult(Paths &polys)
+{
+  polys.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size());
+  for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
+  {
+    if (!m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts) continue;
+    Path pg;
+    OutPt* p = m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts->Prev;
+    int cnt = PointCount(p);
+    if (cnt < 2) continue;
+    pg.reserve(cnt);
+    for (int i = 0; i < cnt; ++i)
+    {
+      pg.push_back(p->Pt);
+      p = p->Prev;
+    }
+    polys.push_back(pg);
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::BuildResult2(PolyTree& polytree)
+{
+    polytree.Clear();
+    polytree.AllNodes.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size());
+    //add each output polygon/contour to polytree ...
+    for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++)
+    {
+        OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
+        int cnt = PointCount(outRec->Pts);
+        if ((outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 2) || (!outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 3)) continue;
+        FixHoleLinkage(*outRec);
+        PolyNode* pn = new PolyNode();
+        //nb: polytree takes ownership of all the PolyNodes
+        polytree.AllNodes.push_back(pn);
+        outRec->PolyNd = pn;
+        pn->Parent = 0;
+        pn->Index = 0;
+        pn->Contour.reserve(cnt);
+        OutPt *op = outRec->Pts->Prev;
+        for (int j = 0; j < cnt; j++)
+        {
+            pn->Contour.push_back(op->Pt);
+            op = op->Prev;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //fixup PolyNode links etc ...
+    polytree.Childs.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size());
+    for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++)
+    {
+        OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
+        if (!outRec->PolyNd) continue;
+        if (outRec->IsOpen) 
+        {
+          outRec->PolyNd->m_IsOpen = true;
+          polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd);
+        }
+        else if (outRec->FirstLeft && outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd) 
+          outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd->AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd);
+        else
+          polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd);
+    }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void SwapIntersectNodes(IntersectNode &int1, IntersectNode &int2)
+{
+  //just swap the contents (because fIntersectNodes is a single-linked-list)
+  IntersectNode inode = int1; //gets a copy of Int1
+  int1.Edge1 = int2.Edge1;
+  int1.Edge2 = int2.Edge2;
+  int1.Pt = int2.Pt;
+  int2.Edge1 = inode.Edge1;
+  int2.Edge2 = inode.Edge2;
+  int2.Pt = inode.Pt;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline bool E2InsertsBeforeE1(TEdge &e1, TEdge &e2)
+{
+  if (e2.Curr.X == e1.Curr.X) 
+  {
+    if (e2.Top.Y > e1.Top.Y)
+      return e2.Top.X < TopX(e1, e2.Top.Y); 
+      else return e1.Top.X > TopX(e2, e1.Top.Y);
+  } 
+  else return e2.Curr.X < e1.Curr.X;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool GetOverlap(const cInt a1, const cInt a2, const cInt b1, const cInt b2, 
+    cInt& Left, cInt& Right)
+{
+  if (a1 < a2)
+  {
+    if (b1 < b2) {Left = std::max(a1,b1); Right = std::min(a2,b2);}
+    else {Left = std::max(a1,b2); Right = std::min(a2,b1);}
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    if (b1 < b2) {Left = std::max(a2,b1); Right = std::min(a1,b2);}
+    else {Left = std::max(a2,b2); Right = std::min(a1,b1);}
+  }
+  return Left < Right;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline void UpdateOutPtIdxs(OutRec& outrec)
+{  
+  OutPt* op = outrec.Pts;
+  do
+  {
+    op->Idx = outrec.Idx;
+    op = op->Prev;
+  }
+  while(op != outrec.Pts);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::InsertEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *edge, TEdge* startEdge)
+{
+  if(!m_ActiveEdges)
+  {
+    edge->PrevInAEL = 0;
+    edge->NextInAEL = 0;
+    m_ActiveEdges = edge;
+  }
+  else if(!startEdge && E2InsertsBeforeE1(*m_ActiveEdges, *edge))
+  {
+      edge->PrevInAEL = 0;
+      edge->NextInAEL = m_ActiveEdges;
+      m_ActiveEdges->PrevInAEL = edge;
+      m_ActiveEdges = edge;
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    if(!startEdge) startEdge = m_ActiveEdges;
+    while(startEdge->NextInAEL  && 
+      !E2InsertsBeforeE1(*startEdge->NextInAEL , *edge))
+        startEdge = startEdge->NextInAEL;
+    edge->NextInAEL = startEdge->NextInAEL;
+    if(startEdge->NextInAEL) startEdge->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = edge;
+    edge->PrevInAEL = startEdge;
+    startEdge->NextInAEL = edge;
+  }
+}
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutPt* DupOutPt(OutPt* outPt, bool InsertAfter)
+{
+  OutPt* result = new OutPt;
+  result->Pt = outPt->Pt;
+  result->Idx = outPt->Idx;
+  if (InsertAfter)
+  {
+    result->Next = outPt->Next;
+    result->Prev = outPt;
+    outPt->Next->Prev = result;
+    outPt->Next = result;
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    result->Prev = outPt->Prev;
+    result->Next = outPt;
+    outPt->Prev->Next = result;
+    outPt->Prev = result;
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool JoinHorz(OutPt* op1, OutPt* op1b, OutPt* op2, OutPt* op2b,
+  const IntPoint Pt, bool DiscardLeft)
+{
+  Direction Dir1 = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight);
+  Direction Dir2 = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight);
+  if (Dir1 == Dir2) return false;
+
+  //When DiscardLeft, we want Op1b to be on the Left of Op1, otherwise we
+  //want Op1b to be on the Right. (And likewise with Op2 and Op2b.)
+  //So, to facilitate this while inserting Op1b and Op2b ...
+  //when DiscardLeft, make sure we're AT or RIGHT of Pt before adding Op1b,
+  //otherwise make sure we're AT or LEFT of Pt. (Likewise with Op2b.)
+  if (Dir1 == dLeftToRight) 
+  {
+    while (op1->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X && 
+      op1->Next->Pt.X >= op1->Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y)  
+        op1 = op1->Next;
+    if (DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op1 = op1->Next;
+    op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft);
+    if (op1b->Pt != Pt) 
+    {
+      op1 = op1b;
+      op1->Pt = Pt;
+      op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft);
+    }
+  } 
+  else
+  {
+    while (op1->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X && 
+      op1->Next->Pt.X <= op1->Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) 
+        op1 = op1->Next;
+    if (!DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op1 = op1->Next;
+    op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft);
+    if (op1b->Pt != Pt)
+    {
+      op1 = op1b;
+      op1->Pt = Pt;
+      op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Dir2 == dLeftToRight)
+  {
+    while (op2->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X && 
+      op2->Next->Pt.X >= op2->Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y)
+        op2 = op2->Next;
+    if (DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op2 = op2->Next;
+    op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft);
+    if (op2b->Pt != Pt)
+    {
+      op2 = op2b;
+      op2->Pt = Pt;
+      op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft);
+    };
+  } else
+  {
+    while (op2->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X && 
+      op2->Next->Pt.X <= op2->Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) 
+        op2 = op2->Next;
+    if (!DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op2 = op2->Next;
+    op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft);
+    if (op2b->Pt != Pt)
+    {
+      op2 = op2b;
+      op2->Pt = Pt;
+      op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft);
+    };
+  };
+
+  if ((Dir1 == dLeftToRight) == DiscardLeft)
+  {
+    op1->Prev = op2;
+    op2->Next = op1;
+    op1b->Next = op2b;
+    op2b->Prev = op1b;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    op1->Next = op2;
+    op2->Prev = op1;
+    op1b->Prev = op2b;
+    op2b->Next = op1b;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool Clipper::JoinPoints(Join *j, OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2)
+{
+  OutPt *op1 = j->OutPt1, *op1b;
+  OutPt *op2 = j->OutPt2, *op2b;
+
+  //There are 3 kinds of joins for output polygons ...
+  //1. Horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are vertices anywhere
+  //along (horizontal) collinear edges (& Join.OffPt is on the same horizontal).
+  //2. Non-horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are at the same
+  //location at the Bottom of the overlapping segment (& Join.OffPt is above).
+  //3. StrictSimple joins where edges touch but are not collinear and where
+  //Join.OutPt1, Join.OutPt2 & Join.OffPt all share the same point.
+  bool isHorizontal = (j->OutPt1->Pt.Y == j->OffPt.Y);
+
+  if (isHorizontal  && (j->OffPt == j->OutPt1->Pt) &&
+  (j->OffPt == j->OutPt2->Pt))
+  {
+    //Strictly Simple join ...
+    if (outRec1 != outRec2) return false;
+    op1b = j->OutPt1->Next;
+    while (op1b != op1 && (op1b->Pt == j->OffPt)) 
+      op1b = op1b->Next;
+    bool reverse1 = (op1b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y);
+    op2b = j->OutPt2->Next;
+    while (op2b != op2 && (op2b->Pt == j->OffPt)) 
+      op2b = op2b->Next;
+    bool reverse2 = (op2b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y);
+    if (reverse1 == reverse2) return false;
+    if (reverse1)
+    {
+      op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false);
+      op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true);
+      op1->Prev = op2;
+      op2->Next = op1;
+      op1b->Next = op2b;
+      op2b->Prev = op1b;
+      j->OutPt1 = op1;
+      j->OutPt2 = op1b;
+      return true;
+    } else
+    {
+      op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true);
+      op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false);
+      op1->Next = op2;
+      op2->Prev = op1;
+      op1b->Prev = op2b;
+      op2b->Next = op1b;
+      j->OutPt1 = op1;
+      j->OutPt2 = op1b;
+      return true;
+    }
+  } 
+  else if (isHorizontal)
+  {
+    //treat horizontal joins differently to non-horizontal joins since with
+    //them we're not yet sure where the overlapping is. OutPt1.Pt & OutPt2.Pt
+    //may be anywhere along the horizontal edge.
+    op1b = op1;
+    while (op1->Prev->Pt.Y == op1->Pt.Y && op1->Prev != op1b && op1->Prev != op2)
+      op1 = op1->Prev;
+    while (op1b->Next->Pt.Y == op1b->Pt.Y && op1b->Next != op1 && op1b->Next != op2)
+      op1b = op1b->Next;
+    if (op1b->Next == op1 || op1b->Next == op2) return false; //a flat 'polygon'
+
+    op2b = op2;
+    while (op2->Prev->Pt.Y == op2->Pt.Y && op2->Prev != op2b && op2->Prev != op1b)
+      op2 = op2->Prev;
+    while (op2b->Next->Pt.Y == op2b->Pt.Y && op2b->Next != op2 && op2b->Next != op1)
+      op2b = op2b->Next;
+    if (op2b->Next == op2 || op2b->Next == op1) return false; //a flat 'polygon'
+
+    cInt Left, Right;
+    //Op1 --> Op1b & Op2 --> Op2b are the extremites of the horizontal edges
+    if (!GetOverlap(op1->Pt.X, op1b->Pt.X, op2->Pt.X, op2b->Pt.X, Left, Right))
+      return false;
+
+    //DiscardLeftSide: when overlapping edges are joined, a spike will created
+    //which needs to be cleaned up. However, we don't want Op1 or Op2 caught up
+    //on the discard Side as either may still be needed for other joins ...
+    IntPoint Pt;
+    bool DiscardLeftSide;
+    if (op1->Pt.X >= Left && op1->Pt.X <= Right) 
+    {
+      Pt = op1->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X);
+    } 
+    else if (op2->Pt.X >= Left&& op2->Pt.X <= Right) 
+    {
+      Pt = op2->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X);
+    } 
+    else if (op1b->Pt.X >= Left && op1b->Pt.X <= Right)
+    {
+      Pt = op1b->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = op1b->Pt.X > op1->Pt.X;
+    } 
+    else
+    {
+      Pt = op2b->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op2b->Pt.X > op2->Pt.X);
+    }
+    j->OutPt1 = op1; j->OutPt2 = op2;
+    return JoinHorz(op1, op1b, op2, op2b, Pt, DiscardLeftSide);
+  } else
+  {
+    //nb: For non-horizontal joins ...
+    //    1. Jr.OutPt1.Pt.Y == Jr.OutPt2.Pt.Y
+    //    2. Jr.OutPt1.Pt > Jr.OffPt.Y
+
+    //make sure the polygons are correctly oriented ...
+    op1b = op1->Next;
+    while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) op1b = op1b->Next;
+    bool Reverse1 = ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) ||
+      !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange));
+    if (Reverse1)
+    {
+      op1b = op1->Prev;
+      while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) op1b = op1b->Prev;
+      if ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) ||
+        !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) return false;
+    };
+    op2b = op2->Next;
+    while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2))op2b = op2b->Next;
+    bool Reverse2 = ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) ||
+      !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange));
+    if (Reverse2)
+    {
+      op2b = op2->Prev;
+      while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2)) op2b = op2b->Prev;
+      if ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) ||
+        !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) return false;
+    }
+
+    if ((op1b == op1) || (op2b == op2) || (op1b == op2b) ||
+      ((outRec1 == outRec2) && (Reverse1 == Reverse2))) return false;
+
+    if (Reverse1)
+    {
+      op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false);
+      op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true);
+      op1->Prev = op2;
+      op2->Next = op1;
+      op1b->Next = op2b;
+      op2b->Prev = op1b;
+      j->OutPt1 = op1;
+      j->OutPt2 = op1b;
+      return true;
+    } else
+    {
+      op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true);
+      op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false);
+      op1->Next = op2;
+      op2->Prev = op1;
+      op1b->Prev = op2b;
+      op2b->Next = op1b;
+      j->OutPt1 = op1;
+      j->OutPt2 = op1b;
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+}
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static OutRec* ParseFirstLeft(OutRec* FirstLeft)
+{
+  while (FirstLeft && !FirstLeft->Pts)
+    FirstLeft = FirstLeft->FirstLeft;
+  return FirstLeft;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts1(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec)
+{ 
+  //tests if NewOutRec contains the polygon before reassigning FirstLeft
+  for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
+  {
+    OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
+    OutRec* firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft);
+    if (outRec->Pts  && firstLeft == OldOutRec)
+    {
+      if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, NewOutRec->Pts))
+        outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec;
+    }
+  }
+}
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts2(OutRec* InnerOutRec, OutRec* OuterOutRec)
+{
+  //A polygon has split into two such that one is now the inner of the other.
+  //It's possible that these polygons now wrap around other polygons, so check
+  //every polygon that's also contained by OuterOutRec's FirstLeft container
+  //(including 0) to see if they've become inner to the new inner polygon ...
+  OutRec* orfl = OuterOutRec->FirstLeft;
+  for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
+  {
+    OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
+
+    if (!outRec->Pts || outRec == OuterOutRec || outRec == InnerOutRec)
+      continue;
+    OutRec* firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft);
+    if (firstLeft != orfl && firstLeft != InnerOutRec && firstLeft != OuterOutRec)
+      continue;
+    if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, InnerOutRec->Pts))
+      outRec->FirstLeft = InnerOutRec;
+    else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, OuterOutRec->Pts))
+      outRec->FirstLeft = OuterOutRec;
+    else if (outRec->FirstLeft == InnerOutRec || outRec->FirstLeft == OuterOutRec)
+      outRec->FirstLeft = orfl;
+  }
+}
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts3(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec)
+{
+  //reassigns FirstLeft WITHOUT testing if NewOutRec contains the polygon
+  for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
+  {
+    OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
+    OutRec* firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft);
+    if (outRec->Pts && outRec->FirstLeft == OldOutRec)
+      outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec;
+  }
+}
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::JoinCommonEdges()
+{
+  for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++)
+  {
+    Join* join = m_Joins[i];
+
+    OutRec *outRec1 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt1->Idx);
+    OutRec *outRec2 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt2->Idx);
+
+    if (!outRec1->Pts || !outRec2->Pts) continue;
+    if (outRec1->IsOpen || outRec2->IsOpen) continue;
+
+    //get the polygon fragment with the correct hole state (FirstLeft)
+    //before calling JoinPoints() ...
+    OutRec *holeStateRec;
+    if (outRec1 == outRec2) holeStateRec = outRec1;
+    else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec1, outRec2)) holeStateRec = outRec2;
+    else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec2, outRec1)) holeStateRec = outRec1;
+    else holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2);
+
+    if (!JoinPoints(join, outRec1, outRec2)) continue;
+
+    if (outRec1 == outRec2)
+    {
+      //instead of joining two polygons, we've just created a new one by
+      //splitting one polygon into two.
+      outRec1->Pts = join->OutPt1;
+      outRec1->BottomPt = 0;
+      outRec2 = CreateOutRec();
+      outRec2->Pts = join->OutPt2;
+
+      //update all OutRec2.Pts Idx's ...
+      UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outRec2);
+
+      if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec2->Pts, outRec1->Pts))
+      {
+        //outRec1 contains outRec2 ...
+        outRec2->IsHole = !outRec1->IsHole;
+        outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1;
+
+        if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outRec2, outRec1);
+
+        if ((outRec2->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec2) > 0))
+          ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec2->Pts);
+            
+      } else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec1->Pts, outRec2->Pts))
+      {
+        //outRec2 contains outRec1 ...
+        outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole;
+        outRec1->IsHole = !outRec2->IsHole;
+        outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft;
+        outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2;
+
+        if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outRec1, outRec2);
+
+        if ((outRec1->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec1) > 0))
+          ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec1->Pts);
+      } 
+      else
+      {
+        //the 2 polygons are completely separate ...
+        outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole;
+        outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft;
+
+        //fixup FirstLeft pointers that may need reassigning to OutRec2
+        if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts1(outRec1, outRec2);
+      }
+     
+    } else
+    {
+      //joined 2 polygons together ...
+
+      outRec2->Pts = 0;
+      outRec2->BottomPt = 0;
+      outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx;
+
+      outRec1->IsHole = holeStateRec->IsHole;
+      if (holeStateRec == outRec2) 
+        outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft;
+      outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1;
+
+      if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts3(outRec2, outRec1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ClipperOffset support functions ...
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DoublePoint GetUnitNormal(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2)
+{
+  if(pt2.X == pt1.X && pt2.Y == pt1.Y) 
+    return DoublePoint(0, 0);
+
+  double Dx = (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X);
+  double dy = (double)(pt2.Y - pt1.Y);
+  double f = 1 *1.0/ std::sqrt( Dx*Dx + dy*dy );
+  Dx *= f;
+  dy *= f;
+  return DoublePoint(dy, -Dx);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ClipperOffset class
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ClipperOffset::ClipperOffset(double miterLimit, double arcTolerance)
+{
+  this->MiterLimit = miterLimit;
+  this->ArcTolerance = arcTolerance;
+  m_lowest.X = -1;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ClipperOffset::~ClipperOffset()
+{
+  Clear();
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::Clear()
+{
+  for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i)
+    delete m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
+  m_polyNodes.Childs.clear();
+  m_lowest.X = -1;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::AddPath(const Path& path, JoinType joinType, EndType endType)
+{
+  int highI = (int)path.size() - 1;
+  if (highI < 0) return;
+  PolyNode* newNode = new PolyNode();
+  newNode->m_jointype = joinType;
+  newNode->m_endtype = endType;
+
+  //strip duplicate points from path and also get index to the lowest point ...
+  if (endType == etClosedLine || endType == etClosedPolygon)
+    while (highI > 0 && path[0] == path[highI]) highI--;
+  newNode->Contour.reserve(highI + 1);
+  newNode->Contour.push_back(path[0]);
+  int j = 0, k = 0;
+  for (int i = 1; i <= highI; i++)
+    if (newNode->Contour[j] != path[i])
+    {
+      j++;
+      newNode->Contour.push_back(path[i]);
+      if (path[i].Y > newNode->Contour[k].Y ||
+        (path[i].Y == newNode->Contour[k].Y &&
+        path[i].X < newNode->Contour[k].X)) k = j;
+    }
+  if (endType == etClosedPolygon && j < 2)
+  {
+    delete newNode;
+    return;
+  }
+  m_polyNodes.AddChild(*newNode);
+
+  //if this path's lowest pt is lower than all the others then update m_lowest
+  if (endType != etClosedPolygon) return;
+  if (m_lowest.X < 0)
+    m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k);
+  else
+  {
+    IntPoint ip = m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour[(int)m_lowest.Y];
+    if (newNode->Contour[k].Y > ip.Y ||
+      (newNode->Contour[k].Y == ip.Y &&
+      newNode->Contour[k].X < ip.X))
+      m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k);
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::AddPaths(const Paths& paths, JoinType joinType, EndType endType)
+{
+  for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i)
+    AddPath(paths[i], joinType, endType);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::FixOrientations()
+{
+  //fixup orientations of all closed paths if the orientation of the
+  //closed path with the lowermost vertex is wrong ...
+  if (m_lowest.X >= 0 && 
+    !Orientation(m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour))
+  {
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i)
+    {
+      PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
+      if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon ||
+        (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && Orientation(node.Contour)))
+          ReversePath(node.Contour);
+    }
+  } else
+  {
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i)
+    {
+      PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
+      if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && !Orientation(node.Contour))
+        ReversePath(node.Contour);
+    }
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::Execute(Paths& solution, double delta)
+{
+  solution.clear();
+  FixOrientations();
+  DoOffset(delta);
+  
+  //now clean up 'corners' ...
+  Clipper clpr;
+  clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true);
+  if (delta > 0)
+  {
+    clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds();
+    Path outer(4);
+    outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10);
+    outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10);
+    outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10);
+    outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10);
+
+    clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true);
+    clpr.ReverseSolution(true);
+    clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative);
+    if (solution.size() > 0) solution.erase(solution.begin());
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::Execute(PolyTree& solution, double delta)
+{
+  solution.Clear();
+  FixOrientations();
+  DoOffset(delta);
+
+  //now clean up 'corners' ...
+  Clipper clpr;
+  clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true);
+  if (delta > 0)
+  {
+    clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds();
+    Path outer(4);
+    outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10);
+    outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10);
+    outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10);
+    outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10);
+
+    clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true);
+    clpr.ReverseSolution(true);
+    clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative);
+    //remove the outer PolyNode rectangle ...
+    if (solution.ChildCount() == 1 && solution.Childs[0]->ChildCount() > 0)
+    {
+      PolyNode* outerNode = solution.Childs[0];
+      solution.Childs.reserve(outerNode->ChildCount());
+      solution.Childs[0] = outerNode->Childs[0];
+      solution.Childs[0]->Parent = outerNode->Parent;
+      for (int i = 1; i < outerNode->ChildCount(); ++i)
+        solution.AddChild(*outerNode->Childs[i]);
+    }
+    else
+      solution.Clear();
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::DoOffset(double delta)
+{
+  m_destPolys.clear();
+  m_delta = delta;
+
+  //if Zero offset, just copy any CLOSED polygons to m_p and return ...
+  if (NEAR_ZERO(delta)) 
+  {
+    m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount());
+    for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++)
+    {
+      PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
+      if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon)
+        m_destPolys.push_back(node.Contour);
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+
+  //see offset_triginometry3.svg in the documentation folder ...
+  if (MiterLimit > 2) m_miterLim = 2/(MiterLimit * MiterLimit);
+  else m_miterLim = 0.5;
+
+  double y;
+  if (ArcTolerance <= 0.0) y = def_arc_tolerance;
+  else if (ArcTolerance > std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance) 
+    y = std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance;
+  else y = ArcTolerance;
+  //see offset_triginometry2.svg in the documentation folder ...
+  double steps = pi / std::acos(1 - y / std::fabs(delta));
+  if (steps > std::fabs(delta) * pi) 
+    steps = std::fabs(delta) * pi;  //ie excessive precision check
+  m_sin = std::sin(two_pi / steps);
+  m_cos = std::cos(two_pi / steps);
+  m_StepsPerRad = steps / two_pi;
+  if (delta < 0.0) m_sin = -m_sin;
+
+  m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() * 2);
+  for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++)
+  {
+    PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
+    m_srcPoly = node.Contour;
+
+    int len = (int)m_srcPoly.size();
+    if (len == 0 || (delta <= 0 && (len < 3 || node.m_endtype != etClosedPolygon)))
+        continue;
+
+    m_destPoly.clear();
+    if (len == 1)
+    {
+      if (node.m_jointype == jtRound)
+      {
+        double X = 1.0, Y = 0.0;
+        for (cInt j = 1; j <= steps; j++)
+        {
+          m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
+            Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta),
+            Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta)));
+          double X2 = X;
+          X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y;
+          Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos;
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        double X = -1.0, Y = -1.0;
+        for (int j = 0; j < 4; ++j)
+        {
+          m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
+            Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta),
+            Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta)));
+          if (X < 0) X = 1;
+          else if (Y < 0) Y = 1;
+          else X = -1;
+        }
+      }
+      m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
+      continue;
+    }
+    //build m_normals ...
+    m_normals.clear();
+    m_normals.reserve(len);
+    for (int j = 0; j < len - 1; ++j)
+      m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[j], m_srcPoly[j + 1]));
+    if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine || node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon)
+      m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[len - 1], m_srcPoly[0]));
+    else
+      m_normals.push_back(DoublePoint(m_normals[len - 2]));
+
+    if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon)
+    {
+      int k = len - 1;
+      for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j)
+        OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
+      m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
+    }
+    else if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine)
+    {
+      int k = len - 1;
+      for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j)
+        OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
+      m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
+      m_destPoly.clear();
+      //re-build m_normals ...
+      DoublePoint n = m_normals[len -1];
+      for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--)
+        m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y);
+      m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-n.X, -n.Y);
+      k = 0;
+      for (int j = len - 1; j >= 0; j--)
+        OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
+      m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      int k = 0;
+      for (int j = 1; j < len - 1; ++j)
+        OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
+
+      IntPoint pt1;
+      if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt)
+      {
+        int j = len - 1;
+        pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X *
+          delta), (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * delta));
+        m_destPoly.push_back(pt1);
+        pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X - m_normals[j].X *
+          delta), (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y - m_normals[j].Y * delta));
+        m_destPoly.push_back(pt1);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        int j = len - 1;
+        k = len - 2;
+        m_sinA = 0;
+        m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j].X, -m_normals[j].Y);
+        if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare)
+          DoSquare(j, k);
+        else
+          DoRound(j, k);
+      }
+
+      //re-build m_normals ...
+      for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--)
+        m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y);
+      m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[1].X, -m_normals[1].Y);
+
+      k = len - 1;
+      for (int j = k - 1; j > 0; --j) OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
+
+      if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt)
+      {
+        pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X - m_normals[0].X * delta),
+          (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y - m_normals[0].Y * delta));
+        m_destPoly.push_back(pt1);
+        pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + m_normals[0].X * delta),
+          (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + m_normals[0].Y * delta));
+        m_destPoly.push_back(pt1);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        k = 1;
+        m_sinA = 0;
+        if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare)
+          DoSquare(0, 1);
+        else
+          DoRound(0, 1);
+      }
+      m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
+    }
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::OffsetPoint(int j, int& k, JoinType jointype)
+{
+  //cross product ...
+  m_sinA = (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].Y);
+  if (std::fabs(m_sinA * m_delta) < 1.0) 
+  {
+    //dot product ...
+    double cosA = (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y ); 
+    if (cosA > 0) // angle => 0 degrees
+    {
+      m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta),
+        Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta)));
+      return; 
+    }
+    //else angle => 180 degrees   
+  }
+  else if (m_sinA > 1.0) m_sinA = 1.0;
+  else if (m_sinA < -1.0) m_sinA = -1.0;
+
+  if (m_sinA * m_delta < 0)
+  {
+    m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta),
+      Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta)));
+    m_destPoly.push_back(m_srcPoly[j]);
+    m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta),
+      Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta)));
+  }
+  else
+    switch (jointype)
+    {
+      case jtMiter:
+        {
+          double r = 1 + (m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].X +
+            m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y);
+          if (r >= m_miterLim) DoMiter(j, k, r); else DoSquare(j, k);
+          break;
+        }
+      case jtSquare: DoSquare(j, k); break;
+      case jtRound: DoRound(j, k); break;
+    }
+  k = j;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::DoSquare(int j, int k)
+{
+  double dx = std::tan(std::atan2(m_sinA,
+      m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y) / 4);
+  m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
+      Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[k].X - m_normals[k].Y * dx)),
+      Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_delta * (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[k].X * dx))));
+  m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
+      Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * dx)),
+      Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_delta * (m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * dx))));
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::DoMiter(int j, int k, double r)
+{
+  double q = m_delta / r;
+  m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + (m_normals[k].X + m_normals[j].X) * q),
+      Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[j].Y) * q)));
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClipperOffset::DoRound(int j, int k)
+{
+  double a = std::atan2(m_sinA,
+  m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y);
+  int steps = std::max((int)Round(m_StepsPerRad * std::fabs(a)), 1);
+
+  double X = m_normals[k].X, Y = m_normals[k].Y, X2;
+  for (int i = 0; i < steps; ++i)
+  {
+    m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
+        Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + X * m_delta),
+        Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + Y * m_delta)));
+    X2 = X;
+    X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y;
+    Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos;
+  }
+  m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
+  Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta),
+  Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta)));
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Miscellaneous public functions
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Clipper::DoSimplePolygons()
+{
+  PolyOutList::size_type i = 0;
+  while (i < m_PolyOuts.size()) 
+  {
+    OutRec* outrec = m_PolyOuts[i++];
+    OutPt* op = outrec->Pts;
+    if (!op || outrec->IsOpen) continue;
+    do //for each Pt in Polygon until duplicate found do ...
+    {
+      OutPt* op2 = op->Next;
+      while (op2 != outrec->Pts) 
+      {
+        if ((op->Pt == op2->Pt) && op2->Next != op && op2->Prev != op) 
+        {
+          //split the polygon into two ...
+          OutPt* op3 = op->Prev;
+          OutPt* op4 = op2->Prev;
+          op->Prev = op4;
+          op4->Next = op;
+          op2->Prev = op3;
+          op3->Next = op2;
+
+          outrec->Pts = op;
+          OutRec* outrec2 = CreateOutRec();
+          outrec2->Pts = op2;
+          UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outrec2);
+          if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec2->Pts, outrec->Pts))
+          {
+            //OutRec2 is contained by OutRec1 ...
+            outrec2->IsHole = !outrec->IsHole;
+            outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec;
+            if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outrec2, outrec);
+          }
+          else
+            if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec->Pts, outrec2->Pts))
+          {
+            //OutRec1 is contained by OutRec2 ...
+            outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole;
+            outrec->IsHole = !outrec2->IsHole;
+            outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft;
+            outrec->FirstLeft = outrec2;
+            if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outrec, outrec2);
+            }
+            else
+          {
+            //the 2 polygons are separate ...
+            outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole;
+            outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft;
+            if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts1(outrec, outrec2);
+            }
+          op2 = op; //ie get ready for the Next iteration
+        }
+        op2 = op2->Next;
+      }
+      op = op->Next;
+    }
+    while (op != outrec->Pts);
+  }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ReversePath(Path& p)
+{
+  std::reverse(p.begin(), p.end());
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ReversePaths(Paths& p)
+{
+  for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); ++i)
+    ReversePath(p[i]);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void SimplifyPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType)
+{
+  Clipper c;
+  c.StrictlySimple(true);
+  c.AddPath(in_poly, ptSubject, true);
+  c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void SimplifyPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType)
+{
+  Clipper c;
+  c.StrictlySimple(true);
+  c.AddPaths(in_polys, ptSubject, true);
+  c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void SimplifyPolygons(Paths &polys, PolyFillType fillType)
+{
+  SimplifyPolygons(polys, polys, fillType);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+inline double DistanceSqrd(const IntPoint& pt1, const IntPoint& pt2)
+{
+  double Dx = ((double)pt1.X - pt2.X);
+  double dy = ((double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y);
+  return (Dx*Dx + dy*dy);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+double DistanceFromLineSqrd(
+  const IntPoint& pt, const IntPoint& ln1, const IntPoint& ln2)
+{
+  //The equation of a line in general form (Ax + By + C = 0)
+  //given 2 points (x,y) & (x,y) is ...
+  //(y - y)x + (x - x)y + (y - y)x - (x - x)y = 0
+  //A = (y - y); B = (x - x); C = (y - y)x - (x - x)y
+  //perpendicular distance of point (x,y) = (Ax + By + C)/Sqrt(A + B)
+  //see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perpendicular_distance
+  double A = double(ln1.Y - ln2.Y);
+  double B = double(ln2.X - ln1.X);
+  double C = A * ln1.X  + B * ln1.Y;
+  C = A * pt.X + B * pt.Y - C;
+  return (C * C) / (A * A + B * B);
+}
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool SlopesNearCollinear(const IntPoint& pt1, 
+    const IntPoint& pt2, const IntPoint& pt3, double distSqrd)
+{
+  //this function is more accurate when the point that's geometrically
+  //between the other 2 points is the one that's tested for distance.
+  //ie makes it more likely to pick up 'spikes' ...
+	if (Abs(pt1.X - pt2.X) > Abs(pt1.Y - pt2.Y))
+	{
+    if ((pt1.X > pt2.X) == (pt1.X < pt3.X))
+      return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt1, pt2, pt3) < distSqrd;
+    else if ((pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X))
+      return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd;
+		else
+	    return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt3, pt1, pt2) < distSqrd;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+    if ((pt1.Y > pt2.Y) == (pt1.Y < pt3.Y))
+      return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt1, pt2, pt3) < distSqrd;
+    else if ((pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y))
+      return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd;
+		else
+      return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt3, pt1, pt2) < distSqrd;
+	}
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool PointsAreClose(IntPoint pt1, IntPoint pt2, double distSqrd)
+{
+    double Dx = (double)pt1.X - pt2.X;
+    double dy = (double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y;
+    return ((Dx * Dx) + (dy * dy) <= distSqrd);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+OutPt* ExcludeOp(OutPt* op)
+{
+  OutPt* result = op->Prev;
+  result->Next = op->Next;
+  op->Next->Prev = result;
+  result->Idx = 0;
+  return result;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void CleanPolygon(const Path& in_poly, Path& out_poly, double distance)
+{
+  //distance = proximity in units/pixels below which vertices
+  //will be stripped. Default ~= sqrt(2).
+  
+  size_t size = in_poly.size();
+  
+  if (size == 0) 
+  {
+    out_poly.clear();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  OutPt* outPts = new OutPt[size];
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i)
+  {
+    outPts[i].Pt = in_poly[i];
+    outPts[i].Next = &outPts[(i + 1) % size];
+    outPts[i].Next->Prev = &outPts[i];
+    outPts[i].Idx = 0;
+  }
+
+  double distSqrd = distance * distance;
+  OutPt* op = &outPts[0];
+  while (op->Idx == 0 && op->Next != op->Prev) 
+  {
+    if (PointsAreClose(op->Pt, op->Prev->Pt, distSqrd))
+    {
+      op = ExcludeOp(op);
+      size--;
+    } 
+    else if (PointsAreClose(op->Prev->Pt, op->Next->Pt, distSqrd))
+    {
+      ExcludeOp(op->Next);
+      op = ExcludeOp(op);
+      size -= 2;
+    }
+    else if (SlopesNearCollinear(op->Prev->Pt, op->Pt, op->Next->Pt, distSqrd))
+    {
+      op = ExcludeOp(op);
+      size--;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      op->Idx = 1;
+      op = op->Next;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (size < 3) size = 0;
+  out_poly.resize(size);
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i)
+  {
+    out_poly[i] = op->Pt;
+    op = op->Next;
+  }
+  delete [] outPts;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void CleanPolygon(Path& poly, double distance)
+{
+  CleanPolygon(poly, poly, distance);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void CleanPolygons(const Paths& in_polys, Paths& out_polys, double distance)
+{
+  out_polys.resize(in_polys.size());
+  for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < in_polys.size(); ++i)
+    CleanPolygon(in_polys[i], out_polys[i], distance);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void CleanPolygons(Paths& polys, double distance)
+{
+  CleanPolygons(polys, polys, distance);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Minkowski(const Path& poly, const Path& path, 
+  Paths& solution, bool isSum, bool isClosed)
+{
+  int delta = (isClosed ? 1 : 0);
+  size_t polyCnt = poly.size();
+  size_t pathCnt = path.size();
+  Paths pp;
+  pp.reserve(pathCnt);
+  if (isSum)
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i)
+    {
+      Path p;
+      p.reserve(polyCnt);
+      for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j)
+        p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X + poly[j].X, path[i].Y + poly[j].Y));
+      pp.push_back(p);
+    }
+  else
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i)
+    {
+      Path p;
+      p.reserve(polyCnt);
+      for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j)
+        p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X - poly[j].X, path[i].Y - poly[j].Y));
+      pp.push_back(p);
+    }
+
+  solution.clear();
+  solution.reserve((pathCnt + delta) * (polyCnt + 1));
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt - 1 + delta; ++i)
+    for (size_t j = 0; j < polyCnt; ++j)
+    {
+      Path quad;
+      quad.reserve(4);
+      quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]);
+      quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]);
+      quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]);
+      quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]);
+      if (!Orientation(quad)) ReversePath(quad);
+      solution.push_back(quad);
+    }
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Path& path, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed)
+{
+  Minkowski(pattern, path, solution, true, pathIsClosed);
+  Clipper c;
+  c.AddPaths(solution, ptSubject, true);
+  c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void TranslatePath(const Path& input, Path& output, const IntPoint delta)
+{
+  //precondition: input != output
+  output.resize(input.size());
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < input.size(); ++i)
+    output[i] = IntPoint(input[i].X + delta.X, input[i].Y + delta.Y);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Paths& paths, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed)
+{
+  Clipper c;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i)
+  {
+    Paths tmp;
+    Minkowski(pattern, paths[i], tmp, true, pathIsClosed);
+    c.AddPaths(tmp, ptSubject, true);
+    if (pathIsClosed)
+    {
+      Path tmp2;
+      TranslatePath(paths[i], tmp2, pattern[0]);
+      c.AddPath(tmp2, ptClip, true);
+    }
+  }
+    c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void MinkowskiDiff(const Path& poly1, const Path& poly2, Paths& solution)
+{
+  Minkowski(poly1, poly2, solution, false, true);
+  Clipper c;
+  c.AddPaths(solution, ptSubject, true);
+  c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum NodeType {ntAny, ntOpen, ntClosed};
+
+void AddPolyNodeToPaths(const PolyNode& polynode, NodeType nodetype, Paths& paths)
+{
+  bool match = true;
+  if (nodetype == ntClosed) match = !polynode.IsOpen();
+  else if (nodetype == ntOpen) return;
+
+  if (!polynode.Contour.empty() && match)
+    paths.push_back(polynode.Contour);
+  for (int i = 0; i < polynode.ChildCount(); ++i)
+    AddPolyNodeToPaths(*polynode.Childs[i], nodetype, paths);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void PolyTreeToPaths(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths)
+{
+  paths.resize(0); 
+  paths.reserve(polytree.Total());
+  AddPolyNodeToPaths(polytree, ntAny, paths);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ClosedPathsFromPolyTree(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths)
+{
+  paths.resize(0); 
+  paths.reserve(polytree.Total());
+  AddPolyNodeToPaths(polytree, ntClosed, paths);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void OpenPathsFromPolyTree(PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths)
+{
+  paths.resize(0); 
+  paths.reserve(polytree.Total());
+  //Open paths are top level only, so ...
+  for (int i = 0; i < polytree.ChildCount(); ++i)
+    if (polytree.Childs[i]->IsOpen())
+      paths.push_back(polytree.Childs[i]->Contour);
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const IntPoint &p)
+{
+  s << "(" << p.X << "," << p.Y << ")";
+  return s;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Path &p)
+{
+  if (p.empty()) return s;
+  Path::size_type last = p.size() -1;
+  for (Path::size_type i = 0; i < last; i++)
+    s << "(" << p[i].X << "," << p[i].Y << "), ";
+  s << "(" << p[last].X << "," << p[last].Y << ")\n";
+  return s;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Paths &p)
+{
+  for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); i++)
+    s << p[i];
+  s << "\n";
+  return s;
+}
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+} //ClipperLib namespace

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/clipper/clipper.hpp

+/*******************************************************************************
+*                                                                              *
+* Author    :  Angus Johnson                                                   *
+* Version   :  6.4.0                                                           *
+* Date      :  2 July 2015                                                     *
+* Website   :  http://www.angusj.com                                           *
+* Copyright :  Angus Johnson 2010-2015                                         *
+*                                                                              *
+* License:                                                                     *
+* Use, modification & distribution is subject to Boost Software License Ver 1. *
+* http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt                                         *
+*                                                                              *
+* Attributions:                                                                *
+* The code in this library is an extension of Bala Vatti's clipping algorithm: *
+* "A generic solution to polygon clipping"                                     *
+* Communications of the ACM, Vol 35, Issue 7 (July 1992) pp 56-63.             *
+* http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906                                 *
+*                                                                              *
+* Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms      *
+* By Max K. Agoston                                                            *
+* Springer; 1 edition (January 4, 2005)                                        *
+* http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston                       *
+*                                                                              *
+* See also:                                                                    *
+* "Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers"                            *
+* Paper no. DETC2005-85513 pp. 565-575                                         *
+* ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences             *
+* and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference (IDETC/CIE2005)      *
+* September 24-28, 2005 , Long Beach, California, USA                          *
+* http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf              *
+*                                                                              *
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef clipper_hpp
+#define clipper_hpp
+
+#define CLIPPER_VERSION "6.2.6"
+
+//use_int32: When enabled 32bit ints are used instead of 64bit ints. This
+//improve performance but coordinate values are limited to the range +/- 46340
+//#define use_int32
+
+//use_xyz: adds a Z member to IntPoint. Adds a minor cost to perfomance.
+//#define use_xyz
+
+//use_lines: Enables line clipping. Adds a very minor cost to performance.
+#define use_lines
+
+//use_deprecated: Enables temporary support for the obsolete functions
+//#define use_deprecated
+
+#include <vector>
+#include <list>
+#include <set>
+#include <stdexcept>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <ostream>
+#include <functional>
+#include <queue>
+
+namespace ClipperLib {
+
+enum ClipType { ctIntersection, ctUnion, ctDifference, ctXor };
+enum PolyType { ptSubject, ptClip };
+//By far the most widely used winding rules for polygon filling are
+//EvenOdd & NonZero (GDI, GDI+, XLib, OpenGL, Cairo, AGG, Quartz, SVG, Gr32)
+//Others rules include Positive, Negative and ABS_GTR_EQ_TWO (only in OpenGL)
+//see http://glprogramming.com/red/chapter11.html
+enum PolyFillType { pftEvenOdd, pftNonZero, pftPositive, pftNegative };
+
+#ifdef use_int32
+  typedef int cInt;
+  static cInt const loRange = 0x7FFF;
+  static cInt const hiRange = 0x7FFF;
+#else
+  typedef signed long long cInt;
+  static cInt const loRange = 0x3FFFFFFF;
+  static cInt const hiRange = 0x3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL;
+  typedef signed long long long64;     //used by Int128 class
+  typedef unsigned long long ulong64;
+
+#endif
+
+struct IntPoint {
+  cInt X;
+  cInt Y;
+#ifdef use_xyz
+  cInt Z;
+  IntPoint(cInt x = 0, cInt y = 0, cInt z = 0): X(x), Y(y), Z(z) {};
+#else
+  IntPoint(cInt x = 0, cInt y = 0): X(x), Y(y) {};
+#endif
+
+  friend inline bool operator== (const IntPoint& a, const IntPoint& b)
+  {
+    return a.X == b.X && a.Y == b.Y;
+  }
+  friend inline bool operator!= (const IntPoint& a, const IntPoint& b)
+  {
+    return a.X != b.X  || a.Y != b.Y;
+  }
+};
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef std::vector< IntPoint > Path;
+typedef std::vector< Path > Paths;
+
+inline Path& operator <<(Path& poly, const IntPoint& p) {poly.push_back(p); return poly;}
+inline Paths& operator <<(Paths& polys, const Path& p) {polys.push_back(p); return polys;}
+
+std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const IntPoint &p);
+std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Path &p);
+std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Paths &p);
+
+struct DoublePoint
+{
+  double X;
+  double Y;
+  DoublePoint(double x = 0, double y = 0) : X(x), Y(y) {}
+  DoublePoint(IntPoint ip) : X((double)ip.X), Y((double)ip.Y) {}
+};
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef use_xyz
+typedef void (*ZFillCallback)(IntPoint& e1bot, IntPoint& e1top, IntPoint& e2bot, IntPoint& e2top, IntPoint& pt);
+#endif
+
+enum InitOptions {ioReverseSolution = 1, ioStrictlySimple = 2, ioPreserveCollinear = 4};
+enum JoinType {jtSquare, jtRound, jtMiter};
+enum EndType {etClosedPolygon, etClosedLine, etOpenButt, etOpenSquare, etOpenRound};
+
+class PolyNode;
+typedef std::vector< PolyNode* > PolyNodes;
+
+class PolyNode
+{
+public:
+    PolyNode();
+    virtual ~PolyNode(){};
+    Path Contour;
+    PolyNodes Childs;
+    PolyNode* Parent;
+    PolyNode* GetNext() const;
+    bool IsHole() const;
+    bool IsOpen() const;
+    int ChildCount() const;
+private:
+    unsigned Index; //node index in Parent.Childs
+    bool m_IsOpen;
+    JoinType m_jointype;
+    EndType m_endtype;
+    PolyNode* GetNextSiblingUp() const;
+    void AddChild(PolyNode& child);
+    friend class Clipper; //to access Index
+    friend class ClipperOffset;
+};
+
+class PolyTree: public PolyNode
+{
+public:
+    ~PolyTree(){Clear();};
+    PolyNode* GetFirst() const;
+    void Clear();
+    int Total() const;
+private:
+    PolyNodes AllNodes;
+    friend class Clipper; //to access AllNodes
+};
+
+bool Orientation(const Path &poly);
+double Area(const Path &poly);
+int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, const Path &path);
+
+void SimplifyPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd);
+void SimplifyPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd);
+void SimplifyPolygons(Paths &polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd);
+
+void CleanPolygon(const Path& in_poly, Path& out_poly, double distance = 1.415);
+void CleanPolygon(Path& poly, double distance = 1.415);
+void CleanPolygons(const Paths& in_polys, Paths& out_polys, double distance = 1.415);
+void CleanPolygons(Paths& polys, double distance = 1.415);
+
+void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Path& path, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed);
+void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Paths& paths, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed);
+void MinkowskiDiff(const Path& poly1, const Path& poly2, Paths& solution);
+
+void PolyTreeToPaths(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths);
+void ClosedPathsFromPolyTree(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths);
+void OpenPathsFromPolyTree(PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths);
+
+void ReversePath(Path& p);
+void ReversePaths(Paths& p);
+
+struct IntRect { cInt left; cInt top; cInt right; cInt bottom; };
+
+//enums that are used internally ...
+enum EdgeSide { esLeft = 1, esRight = 2};
+
+//forward declarations (for stuff used internally) ...
+struct TEdge;
+struct IntersectNode;
+struct LocalMinimum;
+struct OutPt;
+struct OutRec;
+struct Join;
+
+typedef std::vector < OutRec* > PolyOutList;
+typedef std::vector < TEdge* > EdgeList;
+typedef std::vector < Join* > JoinList;
+typedef std::vector < IntersectNode* > IntersectList;
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//ClipperBase is the ancestor to the Clipper class. It should not be
+//instantiated directly. This class simply abstracts the conversion of sets of
+//polygon coordinates into edge objects that are stored in a LocalMinima list.
+class ClipperBase
+{
+public:
+  ClipperBase();
+  virtual ~ClipperBase();
+  virtual bool AddPath(const Path &pg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed);
+  bool AddPaths(const Paths &ppg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed);
+  virtual void Clear();
+  IntRect GetBounds();
+  bool PreserveCollinear() {return m_PreserveCollinear;};
+  void PreserveCollinear(bool value) {m_PreserveCollinear = value;};
+protected:
+  void DisposeLocalMinimaList();
+  TEdge* AddBoundsToLML(TEdge *e, bool IsClosed);
+  virtual void Reset();
+  TEdge* ProcessBound(TEdge* E, bool IsClockwise);
+  void InsertScanbeam(const cInt Y);
+  bool PopScanbeam(cInt &Y);
+  bool LocalMinimaPending();
+  bool PopLocalMinima(cInt Y, const LocalMinimum *&locMin);
+  OutRec* CreateOutRec();
+  void DisposeAllOutRecs();
+  void DisposeOutRec(PolyOutList::size_type index);
+  void SwapPositionsInAEL(TEdge *edge1, TEdge *edge2);
+  void DeleteFromAEL(TEdge *e);
+  void UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *&e);
+
+  typedef std::vector<LocalMinimum> MinimaList;
+  MinimaList::iterator m_CurrentLM;
+  MinimaList           m_MinimaList;
+
+  bool              m_UseFullRange;
+  EdgeList          m_edges;
+  bool              m_PreserveCollinear;
+  bool              m_HasOpenPaths;
+  PolyOutList       m_PolyOuts;
+  TEdge           *m_ActiveEdges;
+
+  typedef std::priority_queue<cInt> ScanbeamList;
+  ScanbeamList     m_Scanbeam;
+};
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class Clipper : public virtual ClipperBase
+{
+public:
+  Clipper(int initOptions = 0);
+  bool Execute(ClipType clipType,
+      Paths &solution,
+      PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd);
+  bool Execute(ClipType clipType,
+      Paths &solution,
+      PolyFillType subjFillType,
+      PolyFillType clipFillType);
+  bool Execute(ClipType clipType,
+      PolyTree &polytree,
+      PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd);
+  bool Execute(ClipType clipType,
+      PolyTree &polytree,
+      PolyFillType subjFillType,
+      PolyFillType clipFillType);
+  bool ReverseSolution() { return m_ReverseOutput; };
+  void ReverseSolution(bool value) {m_ReverseOutput = value;};
+  bool StrictlySimple() {return m_StrictSimple;};
+  void StrictlySimple(bool value) {m_StrictSimple = value;};
+  //set the callback function for z value filling on intersections (otherwise Z is 0)
+#ifdef use_xyz
+  void ZFillFunction(ZFillCallback zFillFunc);
+#endif
+protected:
+  virtual bool ExecuteInternal();
+private:
+  JoinList         m_Joins;
+  JoinList         m_GhostJoins;
+  IntersectList    m_IntersectList;
+  ClipType         m_ClipType;
+  typedef std::list<cInt> MaximaList;
+  MaximaList       m_Maxima;
+  TEdge           *m_SortedEdges;
+  bool             m_ExecuteLocked;
+  PolyFillType     m_ClipFillType;
+  PolyFillType     m_SubjFillType;
+  bool             m_ReverseOutput;
+  bool             m_UsingPolyTree;
+  bool             m_StrictSimple;
+#ifdef use_xyz
+  ZFillCallback   m_ZFill; //custom callback
+#endif
+  void SetWindingCount(TEdge& edge);
+  bool IsEvenOddFillType(const TEdge& edge) const;
+  bool IsEvenOddAltFillType(const TEdge& edge) const;
+  void InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(const cInt botY);
+  void InsertEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *edge, TEdge* startEdge);
+  void AddEdgeToSEL(TEdge *edge);
+  bool PopEdgeFromSEL(TEdge *&edge);
+  void CopyAELToSEL();
+  void DeleteFromSEL(TEdge *e);
+  void SwapPositionsInSEL(TEdge *edge1, TEdge *edge2);
+  bool IsContributing(const TEdge& edge) const;
+  bool IsTopHorz(const cInt XPos);
+  void DoMaxima(TEdge *e);
+  void ProcessHorizontals();
+  void ProcessHorizontal(TEdge *horzEdge);
+  void AddLocalMaxPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &pt);
+  OutPt* AddLocalMinPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &pt);
+  OutRec* GetOutRec(int idx);
+  void AppendPolygon(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2);
+  void IntersectEdges(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, IntPoint &pt);
+  OutPt* AddOutPt(TEdge *e, const IntPoint &pt);
+  OutPt* GetLastOutPt(TEdge *e);
+  bool ProcessIntersections(const cInt topY);
+  void BuildIntersectList(const cInt topY);
+  void ProcessIntersectList();
+  void ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(const cInt topY);
+  void BuildResult(Paths& polys);
+  void BuildResult2(PolyTree& polytree);
+  void SetHoleState(TEdge *e, OutRec *outrec);
+  void DisposeIntersectNodes();
+  bool FixupIntersectionOrder();
+  void FixupOutPolygon(OutRec &outrec);
+  void FixupOutPolyline(OutRec &outrec);
+  bool IsHole(TEdge *e);
+  bool FindOwnerFromSplitRecs(OutRec &outRec, OutRec *&currOrfl);
+  void FixHoleLinkage(OutRec &outrec);
+  void AddJoin(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op2, const IntPoint offPt);
+  void ClearJoins();
+  void ClearGhostJoins();
+  void AddGhostJoin(OutPt *op, const IntPoint offPt);
+  bool JoinPoints(Join *j, OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2);
+  void JoinCommonEdges();
+  void DoSimplePolygons();
+  void FixupFirstLefts1(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec);
+  void FixupFirstLefts2(OutRec* InnerOutRec, OutRec* OuterOutRec);
+  void FixupFirstLefts3(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec);
+#ifdef use_xyz
+  void SetZ(IntPoint& pt, TEdge& e1, TEdge& e2);
+#endif
+};
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ClipperOffset
+{
+public:
+  ClipperOffset(double miterLimit = 2.0, double roundPrecision = 0.25);
+  ~ClipperOffset();
+  void AddPath(const Path& path, JoinType joinType, EndType endType);
+  void AddPaths(const Paths& paths, JoinType joinType, EndType endType);
+  void Execute(Paths& solution, double delta);
+  void Execute(PolyTree& solution, double delta);
+  void Clear();
+  double MiterLimit;
+  double ArcTolerance;
+private:
+  Paths m_destPolys;
+  Path m_srcPoly;
+  Path m_destPoly;
+  std::vector<DoublePoint> m_normals;
+  double m_delta, m_sinA, m_sin, m_cos;
+  double m_miterLim, m_StepsPerRad;
+  IntPoint m_lowest;
+  PolyNode m_polyNodes;
+
+  void FixOrientations();
+  void DoOffset(double delta);
+  void OffsetPoint(int j, int& k, JoinType jointype);
+  void DoSquare(int j, int k);
+  void DoMiter(int j, int k, double r);
+  void DoRound(int j, int k);
+};
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class clipperException : public std::exception
+{
+  public:
+    clipperException(const char* description): m_descr(description) {}
+    virtual ~clipperException() throw() {}
+    virtual const char* what() const throw() {return m_descr.c_str();}
+  private:
+    std::string m_descr;
+};
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+} //ClipperLib namespace
+
+#endif //clipper_hpp
+
+

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/pybind11/attr.h

+/*
+    pybind11/attr.h: Infrastructure for processing custom
+    type and function attributes
+
+    Copyright (c) 2016 Wenzel Jakob <wenzel.jakob@epfl.ch>
+
+    All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a
+    BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+*/
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "cast.h"
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(pybind11)
+
+/// \addtogroup annotations
+/// @{
+
+/// Annotation for methods
+struct is_method { handle class_; is_method(const handle &c) : class_(c) { } };
+
+/// Annotation for operators
+struct is_operator { };
+
+/// Annotation for parent scope
+struct scope { handle value; scope(const handle &s) : value(s) { } };
+
+/// Annotation for documentation
+struct doc { const char *value; doc(const char *value) : value(value) { } };
+
+/// Annotation for function names
+struct name { const char *value; name(const char *value) : value(value) { } };
+
+/// Annotation indicating that a function is an overload associated with a given "sibling"
+struct sibling { handle value; sibling(const handle &value) : value(value.ptr()) { } };
+
+/// Annotation indicating that a class derives from another given type
+template <typename T> struct base {
+    PYBIND11_DEPRECATED("base<T>() was deprecated in favor of specifying 'T' as a template argument to class_")
+    base() { }
+};
+
+/// Keep patient alive while nurse lives
+template <size_t Nurse, size_t Patient> struct keep_alive { };
+
+/// Annotation indicating that a class is involved in a multiple inheritance relationship
+struct multiple_inheritance { };
+
+/// Annotation which enables dynamic attributes, i.e. adds `__dict__` to a class
+struct dynamic_attr { };
+
+/// Annotation which enables the buffer protocol for a type
+struct buffer_protocol { };
+
+/// Annotation which requests that a special metaclass is created for a type
+struct metaclass {
+    handle value;
+
+    PYBIND11_DEPRECATED("py::metaclass() is no longer required. It's turned on by default now.")
+    metaclass() {}
+
+    /// Override pybind11's default metaclass
+    explicit metaclass(handle value) : value(value) { }
+};
+
+/// Annotation to mark enums as an arithmetic type
+struct arithmetic { };
+
+/** \rst
+    A call policy which places one or more guard variables (``Ts...``) around the function call.
+
+    For example, this definition:
+
+    .. code-block:: cpp
+
+        m.def("foo", foo, py::call_guard<T>());
+
+    is equivalent to the following pseudocode:
+
+    .. code-block:: cpp
+
+        m.def("foo", [](args...) {
+            T scope_guard;
+            return foo(args...); // forwarded arguments
+        });
+ \endrst */
+template <typename... Ts> struct call_guard;
+
+template <> struct call_guard<> { using type = detail::void_type; };
+
+template <typename T>
+struct call_guard<T> {
+    static_assert(std::is_default_constructible<T>::value,
+                  "The guard type must be default constructible");
+
+    using type = T;
+};
+
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+struct call_guard<T, Ts...> {
+    struct type {
+        T guard{}; // Compose multiple guard types with left-to-right default-constructor order
+        typename call_guard<Ts...>::type next{};
+    };
+};
+
+/// @} annotations
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+/* Forward declarations */
+enum op_id : int;
+enum op_type : int;
+struct undefined_t;
+template <op_id id, op_type ot, typename L = undefined_t, typename R = undefined_t> struct op_;
+template <typename... Args> struct init;
+template <typename... Args> struct init_alias;
+inline void keep_alive_impl(size_t Nurse, size_t Patient, function_call &call, handle ret);
+
+/// Internal data structure which holds metadata about a keyword argument
+struct argument_record {
+    const char *name;  ///< Argument name
+    const char *descr; ///< Human-readable version of the argument value
+    handle value;      ///< Associated Python object
+    bool convert : 1;  ///< True if the argument is allowed to convert when loading
+    bool none : 1;     ///< True if None is allowed when loading
+
+    argument_record(const char *name, const char *descr, handle value, bool convert, bool none)
+        : name(name), descr(descr), value(value), convert(convert), none(none) { }
+};
+
+/// Internal data structure which holds metadata about a bound function (signature, overloads, etc.)
+struct function_record {
+    function_record()
+        : is_constructor(false), is_stateless(false), is_operator(false),
+          has_args(false), has_kwargs(false), is_method(false) { }
+
+    /// Function name
+    char *name = nullptr; /* why no C++ strings? They generate heavier code.. */
+
+    // User-specified documentation string
+    char *doc = nullptr;
+
+    /// Human-readable version of the function signature
+    char *signature = nullptr;
+
+    /// List of registered keyword arguments
+    std::vector<argument_record> args;
+
+    /// Pointer to lambda function which converts arguments and performs the actual call
+    handle (*impl) (function_call &) = nullptr;
+
+    /// Storage for the wrapped function pointer and captured data, if any
+    void *data[3] = { };
+
+    /// Pointer to custom destructor for 'data' (if needed)
+    void (*free_data) (function_record *ptr) = nullptr;
+
+    /// Return value policy associated with this function
+    return_value_policy policy = return_value_policy::automatic;
+
+    /// True if name == '__init__'
+    bool is_constructor : 1;
+
+    /// True if this is a stateless function pointer
+    bool is_stateless : 1;
+
+    /// True if this is an operator (__add__), etc.
+    bool is_operator : 1;
+
+    /// True if the function has a '*args' argument
+    bool has_args : 1;
+
+    /// True if the function has a '**kwargs' argument
+    bool has_kwargs : 1;
+
+    /// True if this is a method
+    bool is_method : 1;
+
+    /// Number of arguments (including py::args and/or py::kwargs, if present)
+    std::uint16_t nargs;
+
+    /// Python method object
+    PyMethodDef *def = nullptr;
+
+    /// Python handle to the parent scope (a class or a module)
+    handle scope;
+
+    /// Python handle to the sibling function representing an overload chain
+    handle sibling;
+
+    /// Pointer to next overload
+    function_record *next = nullptr;
+};
+
+/// Special data structure which (temporarily) holds metadata about a bound class
+struct type_record {
+    PYBIND11_NOINLINE type_record()
+        : multiple_inheritance(false), dynamic_attr(false), buffer_protocol(false) { }
+
+    /// Handle to the parent scope
+    handle scope;
+
+    /// Name of the class
+    const char *name = nullptr;
+
+    // Pointer to RTTI type_info data structure
+    const std::type_info *type = nullptr;
+
+    /// How large is the underlying C++ type?
+    size_t type_size = 0;
+
+    /// How large is the type's holder?
+    size_t holder_size = 0;
+
+    /// The global operator new can be overridden with a class-specific variant
+    void *(*operator_new)(size_t) = ::operator new;
+
+    /// Function pointer to class_<..>::init_instance
+    void (*init_instance)(instance *, const void *) = nullptr;
+
+    /// Function pointer to class_<..>::dealloc
+    void (*dealloc)(const detail::value_and_holder &) = nullptr;
+
+    /// List of base classes of the newly created type
+    list bases;
+
+    /// Optional docstring
+    const char *doc = nullptr;
+
+    /// Custom metaclass (optional)
+    handle metaclass;
+
+    /// Multiple inheritance marker
+    bool multiple_inheritance : 1;
+
+    /// Does the class manage a __dict__?
+    bool dynamic_attr : 1;
+
+    /// Does the class implement the buffer protocol?
+    bool buffer_protocol : 1;
+
+    /// Is the default (unique_ptr) holder type used?
+    bool default_holder : 1;
+
+    PYBIND11_NOINLINE void add_base(const std::type_info &base, void *(*caster)(void *)) {
+        auto base_info = detail::get_type_info(base, false);
+        if (!base_info) {
+            std::string tname(base.name());
+            detail::clean_type_id(tname);
+            pybind11_fail("generic_type: type \"" + std::string(name) +
+                          "\" referenced unknown base type \"" + tname + "\"");
+        }
+
+        if (default_holder != base_info->default_holder) {
+            std::string tname(base.name());
+            detail::clean_type_id(tname);
+            pybind11_fail("generic_type: type \"" + std::string(name) + "\" " +
+                    (default_holder ? "does not have" : "has") +
+                    " a non-default holder type while its base \"" + tname + "\" " +
+                    (base_info->default_holder ? "does not" : "does"));
+        }
+
+        bases.append((PyObject *) base_info->type);
+
+        if (base_info->type->tp_dictoffset != 0)
+            dynamic_attr = true;
+
+        if (caster)
+            base_info->implicit_casts.emplace_back(type, caster);
+    }
+};
+
+inline function_call::function_call(function_record &f, handle p) :
+        func(f), parent(p) {
+    args.reserve(f.nargs);
+    args_convert.reserve(f.nargs);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Partial template specializations to process custom attributes provided to
+ * cpp_function_ and class_. These are either used to initialize the respective
+ * fields in the type_record and function_record data structures or executed at
+ * runtime to deal with custom call policies (e.g. keep_alive).
+ */
+template <typename T, typename SFINAE = void> struct process_attribute;
+
+template <typename T> struct process_attribute_default {
+    /// Default implementation: do nothing
+    static void init(const T &, function_record *) { }
+    static void init(const T &, type_record *) { }
+    static void precall(function_call &) { }
+    static void postcall(function_call &, handle) { }
+};
+
+/// Process an attribute specifying the function's name
+template <> struct process_attribute<name> : process_attribute_default<name> {
+    static void init(const name &n, function_record *r) { r->name = const_cast<char *>(n.value); }
+};
+
+/// Process an attribute specifying the function's docstring
+template <> struct process_attribute<doc> : process_attribute_default<doc> {
+    static void init(const doc &n, function_record *r) { r->doc = const_cast<char *>(n.value); }
+};
+
+/// Process an attribute specifying the function's docstring (provided as a C-style string)
+template <> struct process_attribute<const char *> : process_attribute_default<const char *> {
+    static void init(const char *d, function_record *r) { r->doc = const_cast<char *>(d); }
+    static void init(const char *d, type_record *r) { r->doc = const_cast<char *>(d); }
+};
+template <> struct process_attribute<char *> : process_attribute<const char *> { };
+
+/// Process an attribute indicating the function's return value policy
+template <> struct process_attribute<return_value_policy> : process_attribute_default<return_value_policy> {
+    static void init(const return_value_policy &p, function_record *r) { r->policy = p; }
+};
+
+/// Process an attribute which indicates that this is an overloaded function associated with a given sibling
+template <> struct process_attribute<sibling> : process_attribute_default<sibling> {
+    static void init(const sibling &s, function_record *r) { r->sibling = s.value; }
+};
+
+/// Process an attribute which indicates that this function is a method
+template <> struct process_attribute<is_method> : process_attribute_default<is_method> {
+    static void init(const is_method &s, function_record *r) { r->is_method = true; r->scope = s.class_; }
+};
+
+/// Process an attribute which indicates the parent scope of a method
+template <> struct process_attribute<scope> : process_attribute_default<scope> {
+    static void init(const scope &s, function_record *r) { r->scope = s.value; }
+};
+
+/// Process an attribute which indicates that this function is an operator
+template <> struct process_attribute<is_operator> : process_attribute_default<is_operator> {
+    static void init(const is_operator &, function_record *r) { r->is_operator = true; }
+};
+
+/// Process a keyword argument attribute (*without* a default value)
+template <> struct process_attribute<arg> : process_attribute_default<arg> {
+    static void init(const arg &a, function_record *r) {
+        if (r->is_method && r->args.empty())
+            r->args.emplace_back("self", nullptr, handle(), true /*convert*/, false /*none not allowed*/);
+        r->args.emplace_back(a.name, nullptr, handle(), !a.flag_noconvert, a.flag_none);
+    }
+};
+
+/// Process a keyword argument attribute (*with* a default value)
+template <> struct process_attribute<arg_v> : process_attribute_default<arg_v> {
+    static void init(const arg_v &a, function_record *r) {
+        if (r->is_method && r->args.empty())
+            r->args.emplace_back("self", nullptr /*descr*/, handle() /*parent*/, true /*convert*/, false /*none not allowed*/);
+
+        if (!a.value) {
+#if !defined(NDEBUG)
+            std::string descr("'");
+            if (a.name) descr += std::string(a.name) + ": ";
+            descr += a.type + "'";
+            if (r->is_method) {
+                if (r->name)
+                    descr += " in method '" + (std::string) str(r->scope) + "." + (std::string) r->name + "'";
+                else
+                    descr += " in method of '" + (std::string) str(r->scope) + "'";
+            } else if (r->name) {
+                descr += " in function '" + (std::string) r->name + "'";
+            }
+            pybind11_fail("arg(): could not convert default argument "
+                          + descr + " into a Python object (type not registered yet?)");
+#else
+            pybind11_fail("arg(): could not convert default argument "
+                          "into a Python object (type not registered yet?). "
+                          "Compile in debug mode for more information.");
+#endif
+        }
+        r->args.emplace_back(a.name, a.descr, a.value.inc_ref(), !a.flag_noconvert, a.flag_none);
+    }
+};
+
+/// Process a parent class attribute.  Single inheritance only (class_ itself already guarantees that)
+template <typename T>
+struct process_attribute<T, enable_if_t<is_pyobject<T>::value>> : process_attribute_default<handle> {
+    static void init(const handle &h, type_record *r) { r->bases.append(h); }
+};
+
+/// Process a parent class attribute (deprecated, does not support multiple inheritance)
+template <typename T>
+struct process_attribute<base<T>> : process_attribute_default<base<T>> {
+    static void init(const base<T> &, type_record *r) { r->add_base(typeid(T), nullptr); }
+};
+
+/// Process a multiple inheritance attribute
+template <>
+struct process_attribute<multiple_inheritance> : process_attribute_default<multiple_inheritance> {
+    static void init(const multiple_inheritance &, type_record *r) { r->multiple_inheritance = true; }
+};
+
+template <>
+struct process_attribute<dynamic_attr> : process_attribute_default<dynamic_attr> {
+    static void init(const dynamic_attr &, type_record *r) { r->dynamic_attr = true; }
+};
+
+template <>
+struct process_attribute<buffer_protocol> : process_attribute_default<buffer_protocol> {
+    static void init(const buffer_protocol &, type_record *r) { r->buffer_protocol = true; }
+};
+
+template <>
+struct process_attribute<metaclass> : process_attribute_default<metaclass> {
+    static void init(const metaclass &m, type_record *r) { r->metaclass = m.value; }
+};
+
+
+/// Process an 'arithmetic' attribute for enums (does nothing here)
+template <>
+struct process_attribute<arithmetic> : process_attribute_default<arithmetic> {};
+
+template <typename... Ts>
+struct process_attribute<call_guard<Ts...>> : process_attribute_default<call_guard<Ts...>> { };
+
+/**
+ * Process a keep_alive call policy -- invokes keep_alive_impl during the
+ * pre-call handler if both Nurse, Patient != 0 and use the post-call handler
+ * otherwise
+ */
+template <size_t Nurse, size_t Patient> struct process_attribute<keep_alive<Nurse, Patient>> : public process_attribute_default<keep_alive<Nurse, Patient>> {
+    template <size_t N = Nurse, size_t P = Patient, enable_if_t<N != 0 && P != 0, int> = 0>
+    static void precall(function_call &call) { keep_alive_impl(Nurse, Patient, call, handle()); }
+    template <size_t N = Nurse, size_t P = Patient, enable_if_t<N != 0 && P != 0, int> = 0>
+    static void postcall(function_call &, handle) { }
+    template <size_t N = Nurse, size_t P = Patient, enable_if_t<N == 0 || P == 0, int> = 0>
+    static void precall(function_call &) { }
+    template <size_t N = Nurse, size_t P = Patient, enable_if_t<N == 0 || P == 0, int> = 0>
+    static void postcall(function_call &call, handle ret) { keep_alive_impl(Nurse, Patient, call, ret); }
+};
+
+/// Recursively iterate over variadic template arguments
+template <typename... Args> struct process_attributes {
+    static void init(const Args&... args, function_record *r) {
+        int unused[] = { 0, (process_attribute<typename std::decay<Args>::type>::init(args, r), 0) ... };
+        ignore_unused(unused);
+    }
+    static void init(const Args&... args, type_record *r) {
+        int unused[] = { 0, (process_attribute<typename std::decay<Args>::type>::init(args, r), 0) ... };
+        ignore_unused(unused);
+    }
+    static void precall(function_call &call) {
+        int unused[] = { 0, (process_attribute<typename std::decay<Args>::type>::precall(call), 0) ... };
+        ignore_unused(unused);
+    }
+    static void postcall(function_call &call, handle fn_ret) {
+        int unused[] = { 0, (process_attribute<typename std::decay<Args>::type>::postcall(call, fn_ret), 0) ... };
+        ignore_unused(unused);
+    }
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+using is_call_guard = is_instantiation<call_guard, T>;
+
+/// Extract the ``type`` from the first `call_guard` in `Extras...` (or `void_type` if none found)
+template <typename... Extra>
+using extract_guard_t = typename exactly_one_t<is_call_guard, call_guard<>, Extra...>::type;
+
+/// Check the number of named arguments at compile time
+template <typename... Extra,
+          size_t named = constexpr_sum(std::is_base_of<arg, Extra>::value...),
+          size_t self  = constexpr_sum(std::is_same<is_method, Extra>::value...)>
+constexpr bool expected_num_args(size_t nargs, bool has_args, bool has_kwargs) {
+    return named == 0 || (self + named + has_args + has_kwargs) == nargs;
+}
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+NAMESPACE_END(pybind11)

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/pybind11/buffer_info.h

+/*
+    pybind11/buffer_info.h: Python buffer object interface
+
+    Copyright (c) 2016 Wenzel Jakob <wenzel.jakob@epfl.ch>
+
+    All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a
+    BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+*/
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(pybind11)
+
+/// Information record describing a Python buffer object
+struct buffer_info {
+    void *ptr = nullptr;          // Pointer to the underlying storage
+    ssize_t itemsize = 0;         // Size of individual items in bytes
+    ssize_t size = 0;             // Total number of entries
+    std::string format;           // For homogeneous buffers, this should be set to format_descriptor<T>::format()
+    ssize_t ndim = 0;             // Number of dimensions
+    std::vector<ssize_t> shape;   // Shape of the tensor (1 entry per dimension)
+    std::vector<ssize_t> strides; // Number of entries between adjacent entries (for each per dimension)
+
+    buffer_info() { }
+
+    buffer_info(void *ptr, ssize_t itemsize, const std::string &format, ssize_t ndim,
+                detail::any_container<ssize_t> shape_in, detail::any_container<ssize_t> strides_in)
+    : ptr(ptr), itemsize(itemsize), size(1), format(format), ndim(ndim),
+      shape(std::move(shape_in)), strides(std::move(strides_in)) {
+        if (ndim != (ssize_t) shape.size() || ndim != (ssize_t) strides.size())
+            pybind11_fail("buffer_info: ndim doesn't match shape and/or strides length");
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < (size_t) ndim; ++i)
+            size *= shape[i];
+    }
+
+    template <typename T>
+    buffer_info(T *ptr, detail::any_container<ssize_t> shape_in, detail::any_container<ssize_t> strides_in)
+    : buffer_info(private_ctr_tag(), ptr, sizeof(T), format_descriptor<T>::format(), static_cast<ssize_t>(shape_in->size()), std::move(shape_in), std::move(strides_in)) { }
+
+    buffer_info(void *ptr, ssize_t itemsize, const std::string &format, ssize_t size)
+    : buffer_info(ptr, itemsize, format, 1, {size}, {itemsize}) { }
+
+    template <typename T>
+    buffer_info(T *ptr, ssize_t size)
+    : buffer_info(ptr, sizeof(T), format_descriptor<T>::format(), size) { }
+
+    explicit buffer_info(Py_buffer *view, bool ownview = true)
+    : buffer_info(view->buf, view->itemsize, view->format, view->ndim,
+            {view->shape, view->shape + view->ndim}, {view->strides, view->strides + view->ndim}) {
+        this->view = view;
+        this->ownview = ownview;
+    }
+
+    buffer_info(const buffer_info &) = delete;
+    buffer_info& operator=(const buffer_info &) = delete;
+
+    buffer_info(buffer_info &&other) {
+        (*this) = std::move(other);
+    }
+
+    buffer_info& operator=(buffer_info &&rhs) {
+        ptr = rhs.ptr;
+        itemsize = rhs.itemsize;
+        size = rhs.size;
+        format = std::move(rhs.format);
+        ndim = rhs.ndim;
+        shape = std::move(rhs.shape);
+        strides = std::move(rhs.strides);
+        std::swap(view, rhs.view);
+        std::swap(ownview, rhs.ownview);
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    ~buffer_info() {
+        if (view && ownview) { PyBuffer_Release(view); delete view; }
+    }
+
+private:
+    struct private_ctr_tag { };
+
+    buffer_info(private_ctr_tag, void *ptr, ssize_t itemsize, const std::string &format, ssize_t ndim,
+                detail::any_container<ssize_t> &&shape_in, detail::any_container<ssize_t> &&strides_in)
+    : buffer_info(ptr, itemsize, format, ndim, std::move(shape_in), std::move(strides_in)) { }
+
+    Py_buffer *view = nullptr;
+    bool ownview = false;
+};
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+
+template <typename T, typename SFINAE = void> struct compare_buffer_info {
+    static bool compare(const buffer_info& b) {
+        return b.format == format_descriptor<T>::format() && b.itemsize == (ssize_t) sizeof(T);
+    }
+};
+
+template <typename T> struct compare_buffer_info<T, detail::enable_if_t<std::is_integral<T>::value>> {
+    static bool compare(const buffer_info& b) {
+        return (size_t) b.itemsize == sizeof(T) && (b.format == format_descriptor<T>::value ||
+            ((sizeof(T) == sizeof(long)) && b.format == (std::is_unsigned<T>::value ? "L" : "l")) ||
+            ((sizeof(T) == sizeof(size_t)) && b.format == (std::is_unsigned<T>::value ? "N" : "n")));
+    }
+};
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+NAMESPACE_END(pybind11)

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/pybind11/cast.h

+/*
+    pybind11/cast.h: Partial template specializations to cast between
+    C++ and Python types
+
+    Copyright (c) 2016 Wenzel Jakob <wenzel.jakob@epfl.ch>
+
+    All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a
+    BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+*/
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "pytypes.h"
+#include "typeid.h"
+#include "descr.h"
+#include <array>
+#include <limits>
+#include <tuple>
+
+#if defined(PYBIND11_CPP17)
+#  if defined(__has_include)
+#    if __has_include(<string_view>)
+#      define PYBIND11_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+#    endif
+#  elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define PYBIND11_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+#  endif
+#endif
+#ifdef PYBIND11_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+#include <string_view>
+#endif
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(pybind11)
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+// Forward declarations:
+inline PyTypeObject *make_static_property_type();
+inline PyTypeObject *make_default_metaclass();
+inline PyObject *make_object_base_type(PyTypeObject *metaclass);
+struct value_and_holder;
+
+/// Additional type information which does not fit into the PyTypeObject
+struct type_info {
+    PyTypeObject *type;
+    const std::type_info *cpptype;
+    size_t type_size, holder_size_in_ptrs;
+    void *(*operator_new)(size_t);
+    void (*init_instance)(instance *, const void *);
+    void (*dealloc)(const value_and_holder &v_h);
+    std::vector<PyObject *(*)(PyObject *, PyTypeObject *)> implicit_conversions;
+    std::vector<std::pair<const std::type_info *, void *(*)(void *)>> implicit_casts;
+    std::vector<bool (*)(PyObject *, void *&)> *direct_conversions;
+    buffer_info *(*get_buffer)(PyObject *, void *) = nullptr;
+    void *get_buffer_data = nullptr;
+    /* A simple type never occurs as a (direct or indirect) parent
+     * of a class that makes use of multiple inheritance */
+    bool simple_type : 1;
+    /* True if there is no multiple inheritance in this type's inheritance tree */
+    bool simple_ancestors : 1;
+    /* for base vs derived holder_type checks */
+    bool default_holder : 1;
+};
+
+// Store the static internals pointer in a version-specific function so that we're guaranteed it
+// will be distinct for modules compiled for different pybind11 versions.  Without this, some
+// compilers (i.e. gcc) can use the same static pointer storage location across different .so's,
+// even though the `get_internals()` function itself is local to each shared object.
+template <int = PYBIND11_VERSION_MAJOR, int = PYBIND11_VERSION_MINOR>
+internals *&get_internals_ptr() { static internals *internals_ptr = nullptr; return internals_ptr; }
+
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline internals &get_internals() {
+    internals *&internals_ptr = get_internals_ptr();
+    if (internals_ptr)
+        return *internals_ptr;
+    handle builtins(PyEval_GetBuiltins());
+    const char *id = PYBIND11_INTERNALS_ID;
+    if (builtins.contains(id) && isinstance<capsule>(builtins[id])) {
+        internals_ptr = *static_cast<internals **>(capsule(builtins[id]));
+    } else {
+        internals_ptr = new internals();
+        #if defined(WITH_THREAD)
+            PyEval_InitThreads();
+            PyThreadState *tstate = PyThreadState_Get();
+            internals_ptr->tstate = PyThread_create_key();
+            PyThread_set_key_value(internals_ptr->tstate, tstate);
+            internals_ptr->istate = tstate->interp;
+        #endif
+        builtins[id] = capsule(&internals_ptr);
+        internals_ptr->registered_exception_translators.push_front(
+            [](std::exception_ptr p) -> void {
+                try {
+                    if (p) std::rethrow_exception(p);
+                } catch (error_already_set &e)           { e.restore();                                    return;
+                } catch (const builtin_exception &e)     { e.set_error();                                  return;
+                } catch (const std::bad_alloc &e)        { PyErr_SetString(PyExc_MemoryError,   e.what()); return;
+                } catch (const std::domain_error &e)     { PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ValueError,    e.what()); return;
+                } catch (const std::invalid_argument &e) { PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ValueError,    e.what()); return;
+                } catch (const std::length_error &e)     { PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ValueError,    e.what()); return;
+                } catch (const std::out_of_range &e)     { PyErr_SetString(PyExc_IndexError,    e.what()); return;
+                } catch (const std::range_error &e)      { PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ValueError,    e.what()); return;
+                } catch (const std::exception &e)        { PyErr_SetString(PyExc_RuntimeError,  e.what()); return;
+                } catch (...) {
+                    PyErr_SetString(PyExc_RuntimeError, "Caught an unknown exception!");
+                    return;
+                }
+            }
+        );
+        internals_ptr->static_property_type = make_static_property_type();
+        internals_ptr->default_metaclass = make_default_metaclass();
+        internals_ptr->instance_base = make_object_base_type(internals_ptr->default_metaclass);
+    }
+    return *internals_ptr;
+}
+
+/// A life support system for temporary objects created by `type_caster::load()`.
+/// Adding a patient will keep it alive up until the enclosing function returns.
+class loader_life_support {
+public:
+    /// A new patient frame is created when a function is entered
+    loader_life_support() {
+        get_internals().loader_patient_stack.push_back(nullptr);
+    }
+
+    /// ... and destroyed after it returns
+    ~loader_life_support() {
+        auto &stack = get_internals().loader_patient_stack;
+        if (stack.empty())
+            pybind11_fail("loader_life_support: internal error");
+
+        auto ptr = stack.back();
+        stack.pop_back();
+        Py_CLEAR(ptr);
+
+        // A heuristic to reduce the stack's capacity (e.g. after long recursive calls)
+        if (stack.capacity() > 16 && stack.size() != 0 && stack.capacity() / stack.size() > 2)
+            stack.shrink_to_fit();
+    }
+
+    /// This can only be used inside a pybind11-bound function, either by `argument_loader`
+    /// at argument preparation time or by `py::cast()` at execution time.
+    PYBIND11_NOINLINE static void add_patient(handle h) {
+        auto &stack = get_internals().loader_patient_stack;
+        if (stack.empty())
+            throw cast_error("When called outside a bound function, py::cast() cannot "
+                             "do Python -> C++ conversions which require the creation "
+                             "of temporary values");
+
+        auto &list_ptr = stack.back();
+        if (list_ptr == nullptr) {
+            list_ptr = PyList_New(1);
+            if (!list_ptr)
+                pybind11_fail("loader_life_support: error allocating list");
+            PyList_SET_ITEM(list_ptr, 0, h.inc_ref().ptr());
+        } else {
+            auto result = PyList_Append(list_ptr, h.ptr());
+            if (result == -1)
+                pybind11_fail("loader_life_support: error adding patient");
+        }
+    }
+};
+
+// Gets the cache entry for the given type, creating it if necessary.  The return value is the pair
+// returned by emplace, i.e. an iterator for the entry and a bool set to `true` if the entry was
+// just created.
+inline std::pair<decltype(internals::registered_types_py)::iterator, bool> all_type_info_get_cache(PyTypeObject *type);
+
+// Populates a just-created cache entry.
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline void all_type_info_populate(PyTypeObject *t, std::vector<type_info *> &bases) {
+    std::vector<PyTypeObject *> check;
+    for (handle parent : reinterpret_borrow<tuple>(t->tp_bases))
+        check.push_back((PyTypeObject *) parent.ptr());
+
+    auto const &type_dict = get_internals().registered_types_py;
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < check.size(); i++) {
+        auto type = check[i];
+        // Ignore Python2 old-style class super type:
+        if (!PyType_Check((PyObject *) type)) continue;
+
+        // Check `type` in the current set of registered python types:
+        auto it = type_dict.find(type);
+        if (it != type_dict.end()) {
+            // We found a cache entry for it, so it's either pybind-registered or has pre-computed
+            // pybind bases, but we have to make sure we haven't already seen the type(s) before: we
+            // want to follow Python/virtual C++ rules that there should only be one instance of a
+            // common base.
+            for (auto *tinfo : it->second) {
+                // NB: Could use a second set here, rather than doing a linear search, but since
+                // having a large number of immediate pybind11-registered types seems fairly
+                // unlikely, that probably isn't worthwhile.
+                bool found = false;
+                for (auto *known : bases) {
+                    if (known == tinfo) { found = true; break; }
+                }
+                if (!found) bases.push_back(tinfo);
+            }
+        }
+        else if (type->tp_bases) {
+            // It's some python type, so keep follow its bases classes to look for one or more
+            // registered types
+            if (i + 1 == check.size()) {
+                // When we're at the end, we can pop off the current element to avoid growing
+                // `check` when adding just one base (which is typical--.e. when there is no
+                // multiple inheritance)
+                check.pop_back();
+                i--;
+            }
+            for (handle parent : reinterpret_borrow<tuple>(type->tp_bases))
+                check.push_back((PyTypeObject *) parent.ptr());
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Extracts vector of type_info pointers of pybind-registered roots of the given Python type.  Will
+ * be just 1 pybind type for the Python type of a pybind-registered class, or for any Python-side
+ * derived class that uses single inheritance.  Will contain as many types as required for a Python
+ * class that uses multiple inheritance to inherit (directly or indirectly) from multiple
+ * pybind-registered classes.  Will be empty if neither the type nor any base classes are
+ * pybind-registered.
+ *
+ * The value is cached for the lifetime of the Python type.
+ */
+inline const std::vector<detail::type_info *> &all_type_info(PyTypeObject *type) {
+    auto ins = all_type_info_get_cache(type);
+    if (ins.second)
+        // New cache entry: populate it
+        all_type_info_populate(type, ins.first->second);
+
+    return ins.first->second;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Gets a single pybind11 type info for a python type.  Returns nullptr if neither the type nor any
+ * ancestors are pybind11-registered.  Throws an exception if there are multiple bases--use
+ * `all_type_info` instead if you want to support multiple bases.
+ */
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline detail::type_info* get_type_info(PyTypeObject *type) {
+    auto &bases = all_type_info(type);
+    if (bases.size() == 0)
+        return nullptr;
+    if (bases.size() > 1)
+        pybind11_fail("pybind11::detail::get_type_info: type has multiple pybind11-registered bases");
+    return bases.front();
+}
+
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline detail::type_info *get_type_info(const std::type_info &tp,
+                                                          bool throw_if_missing = false) {
+    auto &types = get_internals().registered_types_cpp;
+
+    auto it = types.find(std::type_index(tp));
+    if (it != types.end())
+        return (detail::type_info *) it->second;
+    if (throw_if_missing) {
+        std::string tname = tp.name();
+        detail::clean_type_id(tname);
+        pybind11_fail("pybind11::detail::get_type_info: unable to find type info for \"" + tname + "\"");
+    }
+    return nullptr;
+}
+
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline handle get_type_handle(const std::type_info &tp, bool throw_if_missing) {
+    detail::type_info *type_info = get_type_info(tp, throw_if_missing);
+    return handle(type_info ? ((PyObject *) type_info->type) : nullptr);
+}
+
+struct value_and_holder {
+    instance *inst;
+    size_t index;
+    const detail::type_info *type;
+    void **vh;
+
+    value_and_holder(instance *i, const detail::type_info *type, size_t vpos, size_t index) :
+        inst{i}, index{index}, type{type},
+        vh{inst->simple_layout ? inst->simple_value_holder : &inst->nonsimple.values_and_holders[vpos]}
+    {}
+
+    // Used for past-the-end iterator
+    value_and_holder(size_t index) : index{index} {}
+
+    template <typename V = void> V *&value_ptr() const {
+        return reinterpret_cast<V *&>(vh[0]);
+    }
+    // True if this `value_and_holder` has a non-null value pointer
+    explicit operator bool() const { return value_ptr(); }
+
+    template <typename H> H &holder() const {
+        return reinterpret_cast<H &>(vh[1]);
+    }
+    bool holder_constructed() const {
+        return inst->simple_layout
+            ? inst->simple_holder_constructed
+            : inst->nonsimple.status[index] & instance::status_holder_constructed;
+    }
+    void set_holder_constructed() {
+        if (inst->simple_layout)
+            inst->simple_holder_constructed = true;
+        else
+            inst->nonsimple.status[index] |= instance::status_holder_constructed;
+    }
+    bool instance_registered() const {
+        return inst->simple_layout
+            ? inst->simple_instance_registered
+            : inst->nonsimple.status[index] & instance::status_instance_registered;
+    }
+    void set_instance_registered() {
+        if (inst->simple_layout)
+            inst->simple_instance_registered = true;
+        else
+            inst->nonsimple.status[index] |= instance::status_instance_registered;
+    }
+};
+
+// Container for accessing and iterating over an instance's values/holders
+struct values_and_holders {
+private:
+    instance *inst;
+    using type_vec = std::vector<detail::type_info *>;
+    const type_vec &tinfo;
+
+public:
+    values_and_holders(instance *inst) : inst{inst}, tinfo(all_type_info(Py_TYPE(inst))) {}
+
+    struct iterator {
+    private:
+        instance *inst;
+        const type_vec *types;
+        value_and_holder curr;
+        friend struct values_and_holders;
+        iterator(instance *inst, const type_vec *tinfo)
+            : inst{inst}, types{tinfo},
+            curr(inst /* instance */,
+                 types->empty() ? nullptr : (*types)[0] /* type info */,
+                 0, /* vpos: (non-simple types only): the first vptr comes first */
+                 0 /* index */)
+        {}
+        // Past-the-end iterator:
+        iterator(size_t end) : curr(end) {}
+    public:
+        bool operator==(const iterator &other) { return curr.index == other.curr.index; }
+        bool operator!=(const iterator &other) { return curr.index != other.curr.index; }
+        iterator &operator++() {
+            if (!inst->simple_layout)
+                curr.vh += 1 + (*types)[curr.index]->holder_size_in_ptrs;
+            ++curr.index;
+            curr.type = curr.index < types->size() ? (*types)[curr.index] : nullptr;
+            return *this;
+        }
+        value_and_holder &operator*() { return curr; }
+        value_and_holder *operator->() { return &curr; }
+    };
+
+    iterator begin() { return iterator(inst, &tinfo); }
+    iterator end() { return iterator(tinfo.size()); }
+
+    iterator find(const type_info *find_type) {
+        auto it = begin(), endit = end();
+        while (it != endit && it->type != find_type) ++it;
+        return it;
+    }
+
+    size_t size() { return tinfo.size(); }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Extracts C++ value and holder pointer references from an instance (which may contain multiple
+ * values/holders for python-side multiple inheritance) that match the given type.  Throws an error
+ * if the given type (or ValueType, if omitted) is not a pybind11 base of the given instance.  If
+ * `find_type` is omitted (or explicitly specified as nullptr) the first value/holder are returned,
+ * regardless of type (and the resulting .type will be nullptr).
+ *
+ * The returned object should be short-lived: in particular, it must not outlive the called-upon
+ * instance.
+ */
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline value_and_holder instance::get_value_and_holder(const type_info *find_type /*= nullptr default in common.h*/) {
+    // Optimize common case:
+    if (!find_type || Py_TYPE(this) == find_type->type)
+        return value_and_holder(this, find_type, 0, 0);
+
+    detail::values_and_holders vhs(this);
+    auto it = vhs.find(find_type);
+    if (it != vhs.end())
+        return *it;
+
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+    pybind11_fail("pybind11::detail::instance::get_value_and_holder: "
+            "type is not a pybind11 base of the given instance "
+            "(compile in debug mode for type details)");
+#else
+    pybind11_fail("pybind11::detail::instance::get_value_and_holder: `" +
+            std::string(find_type->type->tp_name) + "' is not a pybind11 base of the given `" +
+            std::string(Py_TYPE(this)->tp_name) + "' instance");
+#endif
+}
+
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline void instance::allocate_layout() {
+    auto &tinfo = all_type_info(Py_TYPE(this));
+
+    const size_t n_types = tinfo.size();
+
+    if (n_types == 0)
+        pybind11_fail("instance allocation failed: new instance has no pybind11-registered base types");
+
+    simple_layout =
+        n_types == 1 && tinfo.front()->holder_size_in_ptrs <= instance_simple_holder_in_ptrs();
+
+    // Simple path: no python-side multiple inheritance, and a small-enough holder
+    if (simple_layout) {
+        simple_value_holder[0] = nullptr;
+        simple_holder_constructed = false;
+        simple_instance_registered = false;
+    }
+    else { // multiple base types or a too-large holder
+        // Allocate space to hold: [v1*][h1][v2*][h2]...[bb...] where [vN*] is a value pointer,
+        // [hN] is the (uninitialized) holder instance for value N, and [bb...] is a set of bool
+        // values that tracks whether each associated holder has been initialized.  Each [block] is
+        // padded, if necessary, to an integer multiple of sizeof(void *).
+        size_t space = 0;
+        for (auto t : tinfo) {
+            space += 1; // value pointer
+            space += t->holder_size_in_ptrs; // holder instance
+        }
+        size_t flags_at = space;
+        space += size_in_ptrs(n_types); // status bytes (holder_constructed and instance_registered)
+
+        // Allocate space for flags, values, and holders, and initialize it to 0 (flags and values,
+        // in particular, need to be 0).  Use Python's memory allocation functions: in Python 3.6
+        // they default to using pymalloc, which is designed to be efficient for small allocations
+        // like the one we're doing here; in earlier versions (and for larger allocations) they are
+        // just wrappers around malloc.
+#if PY_VERSION_HEX >= 0x03050000
+        nonsimple.values_and_holders = (void **) PyMem_Calloc(space, sizeof(void *));
+        if (!nonsimple.values_and_holders) throw std::bad_alloc();
+#else
+        nonsimple.values_and_holders = (void **) PyMem_New(void *, space);
+        if (!nonsimple.values_and_holders) throw std::bad_alloc();
+        std::memset(nonsimple.values_and_holders, 0, space * sizeof(void *));
+#endif
+        nonsimple.status = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(&nonsimple.values_and_holders[flags_at]);
+    }
+    owned = true;
+}
+
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline void instance::deallocate_layout() {
+    if (!simple_layout)
+        PyMem_Free(nonsimple.values_and_holders);
+}
+
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline bool isinstance_generic(handle obj, const std::type_info &tp) {
+    handle type = detail::get_type_handle(tp, false);
+    if (!type)
+        return false;
+    return isinstance(obj, type);
+}
+
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline std::string error_string() {
+    if (!PyErr_Occurred()) {
+        PyErr_SetString(PyExc_RuntimeError, "Unknown internal error occurred");
+        return "Unknown internal error occurred";
+    }
+
+    error_scope scope; // Preserve error state
+
+    std::string errorString;
+    if (scope.type) {
+        errorString += handle(scope.type).attr("__name__").cast<std::string>();
+        errorString += ": ";
+    }
+    if (scope.value)
+        errorString += (std::string) str(scope.value);
+
+    PyErr_NormalizeException(&scope.type, &scope.value, &scope.trace);
+
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3
+    if (scope.trace != nullptr)
+        PyException_SetTraceback(scope.value, scope.trace);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+    if (scope.trace) {
+        PyTracebackObject *trace = (PyTracebackObject *) scope.trace;
+
+        /* Get the deepest trace possible */
+        while (trace->tb_next)
+            trace = trace->tb_next;
+
+        PyFrameObject *frame = trace->tb_frame;
+        errorString += "\n\nAt:\n";
+        while (frame) {
+            int lineno = PyFrame_GetLineNumber(frame);
+            errorString +=
+                "  " + handle(frame->f_code->co_filename).cast<std::string>() +
+                "(" + std::to_string(lineno) + "): " +
+                handle(frame->f_code->co_name).cast<std::string>() + "\n";
+            frame = frame->f_back;
+        }
+        trace = trace->tb_next;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return errorString;
+}
+
+PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline handle get_object_handle(const void *ptr, const detail::type_info *type ) {
+    auto &instances = get_internals().registered_instances;
+    auto range = instances.equal_range(ptr);
+    for (auto it = range.first; it != range.second; ++it) {
+        for (auto vh : values_and_holders(it->second)) {
+            if (vh.type == type)
+                return handle((PyObject *) it->second);
+        }
+    }
+    return handle();
+}
+
+inline PyThreadState *get_thread_state_unchecked() {
+#if defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+    return PyThreadState_GET();
+#elif PY_VERSION_HEX < 0x03000000
+    return _PyThreadState_Current;
+#elif PY_VERSION_HEX < 0x03050000
+    return (PyThreadState*) _Py_atomic_load_relaxed(&_PyThreadState_Current);
+#elif PY_VERSION_HEX < 0x03050200
+    return (PyThreadState*) _PyThreadState_Current.value;
+#else
+    return _PyThreadState_UncheckedGet();
+#endif
+}
+
+// Forward declarations
+inline void keep_alive_impl(handle nurse, handle patient);
+inline PyObject *make_new_instance(PyTypeObject *type, bool allocate_value = true);
+
+class type_caster_generic {
+public:
+    PYBIND11_NOINLINE type_caster_generic(const std::type_info &type_info)
+     : typeinfo(get_type_info(type_info)) { }
+
+    bool load(handle src, bool convert) {
+        return load_impl<type_caster_generic>(src, convert);
+    }
+
+    PYBIND11_NOINLINE static handle cast(const void *_src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent,
+                                         const detail::type_info *tinfo,
+                                         void *(*copy_constructor)(const void *),
+                                         void *(*move_constructor)(const void *),
+                                         const void *existing_holder = nullptr) {
+        if (!tinfo) // no type info: error will be set already
+            return handle();
+
+        void *src = const_cast<void *>(_src);
+        if (src == nullptr)
+            return none().release();
+
+        auto it_instances = get_internals().registered_instances.equal_range(src);
+        for (auto it_i = it_instances.first; it_i != it_instances.second; ++it_i) {
+            for (auto instance_type : detail::all_type_info(Py_TYPE(it_i->second))) {
+                if (instance_type && instance_type == tinfo)
+                    return handle((PyObject *) it_i->second).inc_ref();
+            }
+        }
+
+        auto inst = reinterpret_steal<object>(make_new_instance(tinfo->type, false /* don't allocate value */));
+        auto wrapper = reinterpret_cast<instance *>(inst.ptr());
+        wrapper->owned = false;
+        void *&valueptr = values_and_holders(wrapper).begin()->value_ptr();
+
+        switch (policy) {
+            case return_value_policy::automatic:
+            case return_value_policy::take_ownership:
+                valueptr = src;
+                wrapper->owned = true;
+                break;
+
+            case return_value_policy::automatic_reference:
+            case return_value_policy::reference:
+                valueptr = src;
+                wrapper->owned = false;
+                break;
+
+            case return_value_policy::copy:
+                if (copy_constructor)
+                    valueptr = copy_constructor(src);
+                else
+                    throw cast_error("return_value_policy = copy, but the "
+                                     "object is non-copyable!");
+                wrapper->owned = true;
+                break;
+
+            case return_value_policy::move:
+                if (move_constructor)
+                    valueptr = move_constructor(src);
+                else if (copy_constructor)
+                    valueptr = copy_constructor(src);
+                else
+                    throw cast_error("return_value_policy = move, but the "
+                                     "object is neither movable nor copyable!");
+                wrapper->owned = true;
+                break;
+
+            case return_value_policy::reference_internal:
+                valueptr = src;
+                wrapper->owned = false;
+                keep_alive_impl(inst, parent);
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                throw cast_error("unhandled return_value_policy: should not happen!");
+        }
+
+        tinfo->init_instance(wrapper, existing_holder);
+
+        return inst.release();
+    }
+
+protected:
+
+    // Base methods for generic caster; there are overridden in copyable_holder_caster
+    void load_value(const value_and_holder &v_h) {
+        value = v_h.value_ptr();
+    }
+    bool try_implicit_casts(handle src, bool convert) {
+        for (auto &cast : typeinfo->implicit_casts) {
+            type_caster_generic sub_caster(*cast.first);
+            if (sub_caster.load(src, convert)) {
+                value = cast.second(sub_caster.value);
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    bool try_direct_conversions(handle src) {
+        for (auto &converter : *typeinfo->direct_conversions) {
+            if (converter(src.ptr(), value))
+                return true;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    void check_holder_compat() {}
+
+    // Implementation of `load`; this takes the type of `this` so that it can dispatch the relevant
+    // bits of code between here and copyable_holder_caster where the two classes need different
+    // logic (without having to resort to virtual inheritance).
+    template <typename ThisT>
+    PYBIND11_NOINLINE bool load_impl(handle src, bool convert) {
+        if (!src || !typeinfo)
+            return false;
+        if (src.is_none()) {
+            // Defer accepting None to other overloads (if we aren't in convert mode):
+            if (!convert) return false;
+            value = nullptr;
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        auto &this_ = static_cast<ThisT &>(*this);
+        this_.check_holder_compat();
+
+        PyTypeObject *srctype = Py_TYPE(src.ptr());
+
+        // Case 1: If src is an exact type match for the target type then we can reinterpret_cast
+        // the instance's value pointer to the target type:
+        if (srctype == typeinfo->type) {
+            this_.load_value(reinterpret_cast<instance *>(src.ptr())->get_value_and_holder());
+            return true;
+        }
+        // Case 2: We have a derived class
+        else if (PyType_IsSubtype(srctype, typeinfo->type)) {
+            auto &bases = all_type_info(srctype);
+            bool no_cpp_mi = typeinfo->simple_type;
+
+            // Case 2a: the python type is a Python-inherited derived class that inherits from just
+            // one simple (no MI) pybind11 class, or is an exact match, so the C++ instance is of
+            // the right type and we can use reinterpret_cast.
+            // (This is essentially the same as case 2b, but because not using multiple inheritance
+            // is extremely common, we handle it specially to avoid the loop iterator and type
+            // pointer lookup overhead)
+            if (bases.size() == 1 && (no_cpp_mi || bases.front()->type == typeinfo->type)) {
+                this_.load_value(reinterpret_cast<instance *>(src.ptr())->get_value_and_holder());
+                return true;
+            }
+            // Case 2b: the python type inherits from multiple C++ bases.  Check the bases to see if
+            // we can find an exact match (or, for a simple C++ type, an inherited match); if so, we
+            // can safely reinterpret_cast to the relevant pointer.
+            else if (bases.size() > 1) {
+                for (auto base : bases) {
+                    if (no_cpp_mi ? PyType_IsSubtype(base->type, typeinfo->type) : base->type == typeinfo->type) {
+                        this_.load_value(reinterpret_cast<instance *>(src.ptr())->get_value_and_holder(base));
+                        return true;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Case 2c: C++ multiple inheritance is involved and we couldn't find an exact type match
+            // in the registered bases, above, so try implicit casting (needed for proper C++ casting
+            // when MI is involved).
+            if (this_.try_implicit_casts(src, convert))
+                return true;
+        }
+
+        // Perform an implicit conversion
+        if (convert) {
+            for (auto &converter : typeinfo->implicit_conversions) {
+                auto temp = reinterpret_steal<object>(converter(src.ptr(), typeinfo->type));
+                if (load_impl<ThisT>(temp, false)) {
+                    loader_life_support::add_patient(temp);
+                    return true;
+                }
+            }
+            if (this_.try_direct_conversions(src))
+                return true;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+
+    // Called to do type lookup and wrap the pointer and type in a pair when a dynamic_cast
+    // isn't needed or can't be used.  If the type is unknown, sets the error and returns a pair
+    // with .second = nullptr.  (p.first = nullptr is not an error: it becomes None).
+    PYBIND11_NOINLINE static std::pair<const void *, const type_info *> src_and_type(
+            const void *src, const std::type_info &cast_type, const std::type_info *rtti_type = nullptr) {
+        auto &internals = get_internals();
+        auto it = internals.registered_types_cpp.find(std::type_index(cast_type));
+        if (it != internals.registered_types_cpp.end())
+            return {src, (const type_info *) it->second};
+
+        // Not found, set error:
+        std::string tname = rtti_type ? rtti_type->name() : cast_type.name();
+        detail::clean_type_id(tname);
+        std::string msg = "Unregistered type : " + tname;
+        PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, msg.c_str());
+        return {nullptr, nullptr};
+    }
+
+    const type_info *typeinfo = nullptr;
+    void *value = nullptr;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Determine suitable casting operator for pointer-or-lvalue-casting type casters.  The type caster
+ * needs to provide `operator T*()` and `operator T&()` operators.
+ *
+ * If the type supports moving the value away via an `operator T&&() &&` method, it should use
+ * `movable_cast_op_type` instead.
+ */
+template <typename T>
+using cast_op_type =
+    conditional_t<std::is_pointer<remove_reference_t<T>>::value,
+        typename std::add_pointer<intrinsic_t<T>>::type,
+        typename std::add_lvalue_reference<intrinsic_t<T>>::type>;
+
+/**
+ * Determine suitable casting operator for a type caster with a movable value.  Such a type caster
+ * needs to provide `operator T*()`, `operator T&()`, and `operator T&&() &&`.  The latter will be
+ * called in appropriate contexts where the value can be moved rather than copied.
+ *
+ * These operator are automatically provided when using the PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER macro.
+ */
+template <typename T>
+using movable_cast_op_type =
+    conditional_t<std::is_pointer<typename std::remove_reference<T>::type>::value,
+        typename std::add_pointer<intrinsic_t<T>>::type,
+    conditional_t<std::is_rvalue_reference<T>::value,
+        typename std::add_rvalue_reference<intrinsic_t<T>>::type,
+        typename std::add_lvalue_reference<intrinsic_t<T>>::type>>;
+
+// std::is_copy_constructible isn't quite enough: it lets std::vector<T> (and similar) through when
+// T is non-copyable, but code containing such a copy constructor fails to actually compile.
+template <typename T, typename SFINAE = void> struct is_copy_constructible : std::is_copy_constructible<T> {};
+
+// Specialization for types that appear to be copy constructible but also look like stl containers
+// (we specifically check for: has `value_type` and `reference` with `reference = value_type&`): if
+// so, copy constructability depends on whether the value_type is copy constructible.
+template <typename Container> struct is_copy_constructible<Container, enable_if_t<all_of<
+        std::is_copy_constructible<Container>,
+        std::is_same<typename Container::value_type &, typename Container::reference>
+    >::value>> : is_copy_constructible<typename Container::value_type> {};
+
+#if !defined(PYBIND11_CPP17)
+// Likewise for std::pair before C++17 (which mandates that the copy constructor not exist when the
+// two types aren't themselves copy constructible).
+template <typename T1, typename T2> struct is_copy_constructible<std::pair<T1, T2>>
+    : all_of<is_copy_constructible<T1>, is_copy_constructible<T2>> {};
+#endif
+
+/// Generic type caster for objects stored on the heap
+template <typename type> class type_caster_base : public type_caster_generic {
+    using itype = intrinsic_t<type>;
+public:
+    static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return type_descr(_<type>()); }
+
+    type_caster_base() : type_caster_base(typeid(type)) { }
+    explicit type_caster_base(const std::type_info &info) : type_caster_generic(info) { }
+
+    static handle cast(const itype &src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent) {
+        if (policy == return_value_policy::automatic || policy == return_value_policy::automatic_reference)
+            policy = return_value_policy::copy;
+        return cast(&src, policy, parent);
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(itype &&src, return_value_policy, handle parent) {
+        return cast(&src, return_value_policy::move, parent);
+    }
+
+    // Returns a (pointer, type_info) pair taking care of necessary RTTI type lookup for a
+    // polymorphic type.  If the instance isn't derived, returns the non-RTTI base version.
+    template <typename T = itype, enable_if_t<std::is_polymorphic<T>::value, int> = 0>
+    static std::pair<const void *, const type_info *> src_and_type(const itype *src) {
+        const void *vsrc = src;
+        auto &internals = get_internals();
+        auto &cast_type = typeid(itype);
+        const std::type_info *instance_type = nullptr;
+        if (vsrc) {
+            instance_type = &typeid(*src);
+            if (!same_type(cast_type, *instance_type)) {
+                // This is a base pointer to a derived type; if it is a pybind11-registered type, we
+                // can get the correct derived pointer (which may be != base pointer) by a
+                // dynamic_cast to most derived type:
+                auto it = internals.registered_types_cpp.find(std::type_index(*instance_type));
+                if (it != internals.registered_types_cpp.end())
+                    return {dynamic_cast<const void *>(src), (const type_info *) it->second};
+            }
+        }
+        // Otherwise we have either a nullptr, an `itype` pointer, or an unknown derived pointer, so
+        // don't do a cast
+        return type_caster_generic::src_and_type(vsrc, cast_type, instance_type);
+    }
+
+    // Non-polymorphic type, so no dynamic casting; just call the generic version directly
+    template <typename T = itype, enable_if_t<!std::is_polymorphic<T>::value, int> = 0>
+    static std::pair<const void *, const type_info *> src_and_type(const itype *src) {
+        return type_caster_generic::src_and_type(src, typeid(itype));
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(const itype *src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent) {
+        auto st = src_and_type(src);
+        return type_caster_generic::cast(
+            st.first, policy, parent, st.second,
+            make_copy_constructor(src), make_move_constructor(src));
+    }
+
+    static handle cast_holder(const itype *src, const void *holder) {
+        auto st = src_and_type(src);
+        return type_caster_generic::cast(
+            st.first, return_value_policy::take_ownership, {}, st.second,
+            nullptr, nullptr, holder);
+    }
+
+    template <typename T> using cast_op_type = cast_op_type<T>;
+
+    operator itype*() { return (type *) value; }
+    operator itype&() { if (!value) throw reference_cast_error(); return *((itype *) value); }
+
+protected:
+    using Constructor = void *(*)(const void *);
+
+    /* Only enabled when the types are {copy,move}-constructible *and* when the type
+       does not have a private operator new implementation. */
+    template <typename T, typename = enable_if_t<is_copy_constructible<T>::value>>
+    static auto make_copy_constructor(const T *x) -> decltype(new T(*x), Constructor{}) {
+        return [](const void *arg) -> void * {
+            return new T(*reinterpret_cast<const T *>(arg));
+        };
+    }
+
+    template <typename T, typename = enable_if_t<std::is_move_constructible<T>::value>>
+    static auto make_move_constructor(const T *x) -> decltype(new T(std::move(*const_cast<T *>(x))), Constructor{}) {
+        return [](const void *arg) -> void * {
+            return new T(std::move(*const_cast<T *>(reinterpret_cast<const T *>(arg))));
+        };
+    }
+
+    static Constructor make_copy_constructor(...) { return nullptr; }
+    static Constructor make_move_constructor(...) { return nullptr; }
+};
+
+template <typename type, typename SFINAE = void> class type_caster : public type_caster_base<type> { };
+template <typename type> using make_caster = type_caster<intrinsic_t<type>>;
+
+// Shortcut for calling a caster's `cast_op_type` cast operator for casting a type_caster to a T
+template <typename T> typename make_caster<T>::template cast_op_type<T> cast_op(make_caster<T> &caster) {
+    return caster.operator typename make_caster<T>::template cast_op_type<T>();
+}
+template <typename T> typename make_caster<T>::template cast_op_type<typename std::add_rvalue_reference<T>::type>
+cast_op(make_caster<T> &&caster) {
+    return std::move(caster).operator
+        typename make_caster<T>::template cast_op_type<typename std::add_rvalue_reference<T>::type>();
+}
+
+template <typename type> class type_caster<std::reference_wrapper<type>> {
+private:
+    using caster_t = make_caster<type>;
+    caster_t subcaster;
+    using subcaster_cast_op_type = typename caster_t::template cast_op_type<type>;
+    static_assert(std::is_same<typename std::remove_const<type>::type &, subcaster_cast_op_type>::value,
+            "std::reference_wrapper<T> caster requires T to have a caster with an `T &` operator");
+public:
+    bool load(handle src, bool convert) { return subcaster.load(src, convert); }
+    static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return caster_t::name(); }
+    static handle cast(const std::reference_wrapper<type> &src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent) {
+        // It is definitely wrong to take ownership of this pointer, so mask that rvp
+        if (policy == return_value_policy::take_ownership || policy == return_value_policy::automatic)
+            policy = return_value_policy::automatic_reference;
+        return caster_t::cast(&src.get(), policy, parent);
+    }
+    template <typename T> using cast_op_type = std::reference_wrapper<type>;
+    operator std::reference_wrapper<type>() { return subcaster.operator subcaster_cast_op_type&(); }
+};
+
+#define PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(type, py_name) \
+    protected: \
+        type value; \
+    public: \
+        static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return type_descr(py_name); } \
+        template <typename T_, enable_if_t<std::is_same<type, remove_cv_t<T_>>::value, int> = 0> \
+        static handle cast(T_ *src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent) { \
+            if (!src) return none().release(); \
+            if (policy == return_value_policy::take_ownership) { \
+                auto h = cast(std::move(*src), policy, parent); delete src; return h; \
+            } else { \
+                return cast(*src, policy, parent); \
+            } \
+        } \
+        operator type*() { return &value; } \
+        operator type&() { return value; } \
+        operator type&&() && { return std::move(value); } \
+        template <typename T_> using cast_op_type = pybind11::detail::movable_cast_op_type<T_>
+
+
+template <typename CharT> using is_std_char_type = any_of<
+    std::is_same<CharT, char>, /* std::string */
+    std::is_same<CharT, char16_t>, /* std::u16string */
+    std::is_same<CharT, char32_t>, /* std::u32string */
+    std::is_same<CharT, wchar_t> /* std::wstring */
+>;
+
+template <typename T>
+struct type_caster<T, enable_if_t<std::is_arithmetic<T>::value && !is_std_char_type<T>::value>> {
+    using _py_type_0 = conditional_t<sizeof(T) <= sizeof(long), long, long long>;
+    using _py_type_1 = conditional_t<std::is_signed<T>::value, _py_type_0, typename std::make_unsigned<_py_type_0>::type>;
+    using py_type = conditional_t<std::is_floating_point<T>::value, double, _py_type_1>;
+public:
+
+    bool load(handle src, bool convert) {
+        py_type py_value;
+
+        if (!src)
+            return false;
+
+        if (std::is_floating_point<T>::value) {
+            if (convert || PyFloat_Check(src.ptr()))
+                py_value = (py_type) PyFloat_AsDouble(src.ptr());
+            else
+                return false;
+        } else if (PyFloat_Check(src.ptr())) {
+            return false;
+        } else if (std::is_unsigned<py_type>::value) {
+            py_value = as_unsigned<py_type>(src.ptr());
+        } else { // signed integer:
+            py_value = sizeof(T) <= sizeof(long)
+                ? (py_type) PyLong_AsLong(src.ptr())
+                : (py_type) PYBIND11_LONG_AS_LONGLONG(src.ptr());
+        }
+
+        bool py_err = py_value == (py_type) -1 && PyErr_Occurred();
+        if (py_err || (std::is_integral<T>::value && sizeof(py_type) != sizeof(T) &&
+                       (py_value < (py_type) std::numeric_limits<T>::min() ||
+                        py_value > (py_type) std::numeric_limits<T>::max()))) {
+            bool type_error = py_err && PyErr_ExceptionMatches(
+#if PY_VERSION_HEX < 0x03000000 && !defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+                PyExc_SystemError
+#else
+                PyExc_TypeError
+#endif
+            );
+            PyErr_Clear();
+            if (type_error && convert && PyNumber_Check(src.ptr())) {
+                auto tmp = reinterpret_borrow<object>(std::is_floating_point<T>::value
+                                                      ? PyNumber_Float(src.ptr())
+                                                      : PyNumber_Long(src.ptr()));
+                PyErr_Clear();
+                return load(tmp, false);
+            }
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        value = (T) py_value;
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(T src, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        if (std::is_floating_point<T>::value) {
+            return PyFloat_FromDouble((double) src);
+        } else if (sizeof(T) <= sizeof(long)) {
+            if (std::is_signed<T>::value)
+                return PyLong_FromLong((long) src);
+            else
+                return PyLong_FromUnsignedLong((unsigned long) src);
+        } else {
+            if (std::is_signed<T>::value)
+                return PyLong_FromLongLong((long long) src);
+            else
+                return PyLong_FromUnsignedLongLong((unsigned long long) src);
+        }
+    }
+
+    PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(T, _<std::is_integral<T>::value>("int", "float"));
+};
+
+template<typename T> struct void_caster {
+public:
+    bool load(handle src, bool) {
+        if (src && src.is_none())
+            return true;
+        return false;
+    }
+    static handle cast(T, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        return none().inc_ref();
+    }
+    PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(T, _("None"));
+};
+
+template <> class type_caster<void_type> : public void_caster<void_type> {};
+
+template <> class type_caster<void> : public type_caster<void_type> {
+public:
+    using type_caster<void_type>::cast;
+
+    bool load(handle h, bool) {
+        if (!h) {
+            return false;
+        } else if (h.is_none()) {
+            value = nullptr;
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        /* Check if this is a capsule */
+        if (isinstance<capsule>(h)) {
+            value = reinterpret_borrow<capsule>(h);
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        /* Check if this is a C++ type */
+        auto &bases = all_type_info((PyTypeObject *) h.get_type().ptr());
+        if (bases.size() == 1) { // Only allowing loading from a single-value type
+            value = values_and_holders(reinterpret_cast<instance *>(h.ptr())).begin()->value_ptr();
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        /* Fail */
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(const void *ptr, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        if (ptr)
+            return capsule(ptr).release();
+        else
+            return none().inc_ref();
+    }
+
+    template <typename T> using cast_op_type = void*&;
+    operator void *&() { return value; }
+    static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return type_descr(_("capsule")); }
+private:
+    void *value = nullptr;
+};
+
+template <> class type_caster<std::nullptr_t> : public void_caster<std::nullptr_t> { };
+
+template <> class type_caster<bool> {
+public:
+    bool load(handle src, bool convert) {
+        if (!src) return false;
+        else if (src.ptr() == Py_True) { value = true; return true; }
+        else if (src.ptr() == Py_False) { value = false; return true; }
+        else if (convert || !strcmp("numpy.bool_", Py_TYPE(src.ptr())->tp_name)) {
+            // (allow non-implicit conversion for numpy booleans)
+
+            Py_ssize_t res = -1;
+            if (src.is_none()) {
+                res = 0;  // None is implicitly converted to False
+            }
+            #if defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+            // On PyPy, check that "__bool__" (or "__nonzero__" on Python 2.7) attr exists
+            else if (hasattr(src, PYBIND11_BOOL_ATTR)) {
+                res = PyObject_IsTrue(src.ptr());
+            }
+            #else
+            // Alternate approach for CPython: this does the same as the above, but optimized
+            // using the CPython API so as to avoid an unneeded attribute lookup.
+            else if (auto tp_as_number = src.ptr()->ob_type->tp_as_number) {
+                if (PYBIND11_NB_BOOL(tp_as_number)) {
+                    res = (*PYBIND11_NB_BOOL(tp_as_number))(src.ptr());
+                }
+            }
+            #endif
+            if (res == 0 || res == 1) {
+                value = (bool) res;
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    static handle cast(bool src, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        return handle(src ? Py_True : Py_False).inc_ref();
+    }
+    PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(bool, _("bool"));
+};
+
+// Helper class for UTF-{8,16,32} C++ stl strings:
+template <typename StringType, bool IsView = false> struct string_caster {
+    using CharT = typename StringType::value_type;
+
+    // Simplify life by being able to assume standard char sizes (the standard only guarantees
+    // minimums, but Python requires exact sizes)
+    static_assert(!std::is_same<CharT, char>::value || sizeof(CharT) == 1, "Unsupported char size != 1");
+    static_assert(!std::is_same<CharT, char16_t>::value || sizeof(CharT) == 2, "Unsupported char16_t size != 2");
+    static_assert(!std::is_same<CharT, char32_t>::value || sizeof(CharT) == 4, "Unsupported char32_t size != 4");
+    // wchar_t can be either 16 bits (Windows) or 32 (everywhere else)
+    static_assert(!std::is_same<CharT, wchar_t>::value || sizeof(CharT) == 2 || sizeof(CharT) == 4,
+            "Unsupported wchar_t size != 2/4");
+    static constexpr size_t UTF_N = 8 * sizeof(CharT);
+
+    bool load(handle src, bool) {
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION < 3
+        object temp;
+#endif
+        handle load_src = src;
+        if (!src) {
+            return false;
+        } else if (!PyUnicode_Check(load_src.ptr())) {
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3
+            return load_bytes(load_src);
+#else
+            if (sizeof(CharT) == 1) {
+                return load_bytes(load_src);
+            }
+
+            // The below is a guaranteed failure in Python 3 when PyUnicode_Check returns false
+            if (!PYBIND11_BYTES_CHECK(load_src.ptr()))
+                return false;
+
+            temp = reinterpret_steal<object>(PyUnicode_FromObject(load_src.ptr()));
+            if (!temp) { PyErr_Clear(); return false; }
+            load_src = temp;
+#endif
+        }
+
+        object utfNbytes = reinterpret_steal<object>(PyUnicode_AsEncodedString(
+            load_src.ptr(), UTF_N == 8 ? "utf-8" : UTF_N == 16 ? "utf-16" : "utf-32", nullptr));
+        if (!utfNbytes) { PyErr_Clear(); return false; }
+
+        const CharT *buffer = reinterpret_cast<const CharT *>(PYBIND11_BYTES_AS_STRING(utfNbytes.ptr()));
+        size_t length = (size_t) PYBIND11_BYTES_SIZE(utfNbytes.ptr()) / sizeof(CharT);
+        if (UTF_N > 8) { buffer++; length--; } // Skip BOM for UTF-16/32
+        value = StringType(buffer, length);
+
+        // If we're loading a string_view we need to keep the encoded Python object alive:
+        if (IsView)
+            loader_life_support::add_patient(utfNbytes);
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(const StringType &src, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        const char *buffer = reinterpret_cast<const char *>(src.data());
+        ssize_t nbytes = ssize_t(src.size() * sizeof(CharT));
+        handle s = decode_utfN(buffer, nbytes);
+        if (!s) throw error_already_set();
+        return s;
+    }
+
+    PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(StringType, _(PYBIND11_STRING_NAME));
+
+private:
+    static handle decode_utfN(const char *buffer, ssize_t nbytes) {
+#if !defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+        return
+            UTF_N == 8  ? PyUnicode_DecodeUTF8(buffer, nbytes, nullptr) :
+            UTF_N == 16 ? PyUnicode_DecodeUTF16(buffer, nbytes, nullptr, nullptr) :
+                          PyUnicode_DecodeUTF32(buffer, nbytes, nullptr, nullptr);
+#else
+        // PyPy seems to have multiple problems related to PyUnicode_UTF*: the UTF8 version
+        // sometimes segfaults for unknown reasons, while the UTF16 and 32 versions require a
+        // non-const char * arguments, which is also a nuissance, so bypass the whole thing by just
+        // passing the encoding as a string value, which works properly:
+        return PyUnicode_Decode(buffer, nbytes, UTF_N == 8 ? "utf-8" : UTF_N == 16 ? "utf-16" : "utf-32", nullptr);
+#endif
+    }
+
+    // When loading into a std::string or char*, accept a bytes object as-is (i.e.
+    // without any encoding/decoding attempt).  For other C++ char sizes this is a no-op.
+    // which supports loading a unicode from a str, doesn't take this path.
+    template <typename C = CharT>
+    bool load_bytes(enable_if_t<sizeof(C) == 1, handle> src) {
+        if (PYBIND11_BYTES_CHECK(src.ptr())) {
+            // We were passed a Python 3 raw bytes; accept it into a std::string or char*
+            // without any encoding attempt.
+            const char *bytes = PYBIND11_BYTES_AS_STRING(src.ptr());
+            if (bytes) {
+                value = StringType(bytes, (size_t) PYBIND11_BYTES_SIZE(src.ptr()));
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    template <typename C = CharT>
+    bool load_bytes(enable_if_t<sizeof(C) != 1, handle>) { return false; }
+};
+
+template <typename CharT, class Traits, class Allocator>
+struct type_caster<std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator>, enable_if_t<is_std_char_type<CharT>::value>>
+    : string_caster<std::basic_string<CharT, Traits, Allocator>> {};
+
+#ifdef PYBIND11_HAS_STRING_VIEW
+template <typename CharT, class Traits>
+struct type_caster<std::basic_string_view<CharT, Traits>, enable_if_t<is_std_char_type<CharT>::value>>
+    : string_caster<std::basic_string_view<CharT, Traits>, true> {};
+#endif
+
+// Type caster for C-style strings.  We basically use a std::string type caster, but also add the
+// ability to use None as a nullptr char* (which the string caster doesn't allow).
+template <typename CharT> struct type_caster<CharT, enable_if_t<is_std_char_type<CharT>::value>> {
+    using StringType = std::basic_string<CharT>;
+    using StringCaster = type_caster<StringType>;
+    StringCaster str_caster;
+    bool none = false;
+public:
+    bool load(handle src, bool convert) {
+        if (!src) return false;
+        if (src.is_none()) {
+            // Defer accepting None to other overloads (if we aren't in convert mode):
+            if (!convert) return false;
+            none = true;
+            return true;
+        }
+        return str_caster.load(src, convert);
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(const CharT *src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent) {
+        if (src == nullptr) return pybind11::none().inc_ref();
+        return StringCaster::cast(StringType(src), policy, parent);
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(CharT src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent) {
+        if (std::is_same<char, CharT>::value) {
+            handle s = PyUnicode_DecodeLatin1((const char *) &src, 1, nullptr);
+            if (!s) throw error_already_set();
+            return s;
+        }
+        return StringCaster::cast(StringType(1, src), policy, parent);
+    }
+
+    operator CharT*() { return none ? nullptr : const_cast<CharT *>(static_cast<StringType &>(str_caster).c_str()); }
+    operator CharT() {
+        if (none)
+            throw value_error("Cannot convert None to a character");
+
+        auto &value = static_cast<StringType &>(str_caster);
+        size_t str_len = value.size();
+        if (str_len == 0)
+            throw value_error("Cannot convert empty string to a character");
+
+        // If we're in UTF-8 mode, we have two possible failures: one for a unicode character that
+        // is too high, and one for multiple unicode characters (caught later), so we need to figure
+        // out how long the first encoded character is in bytes to distinguish between these two
+        // errors.  We also allow want to allow unicode characters U+0080 through U+00FF, as those
+        // can fit into a single char value.
+        if (StringCaster::UTF_N == 8 && str_len > 1 && str_len <= 4) {
+            unsigned char v0 = static_cast<unsigned char>(value[0]);
+            size_t char0_bytes = !(v0 & 0x80) ? 1 : // low bits only: 0-127
+                (v0 & 0xE0) == 0xC0 ? 2 : // 0b110xxxxx - start of 2-byte sequence
+                (v0 & 0xF0) == 0xE0 ? 3 : // 0b1110xxxx - start of 3-byte sequence
+                4; // 0b11110xxx - start of 4-byte sequence
+
+            if (char0_bytes == str_len) {
+                // If we have a 128-255 value, we can decode it into a single char:
+                if (char0_bytes == 2 && (v0 & 0xFC) == 0xC0) { // 0x110000xx 0x10xxxxxx
+                    return static_cast<CharT>(((v0 & 3) << 6) + (static_cast<unsigned char>(value[1]) & 0x3F));
+                }
+                // Otherwise we have a single character, but it's > U+00FF
+                throw value_error("Character code point not in range(0x100)");
+            }
+        }
+
+        // UTF-16 is much easier: we can only have a surrogate pair for values above U+FFFF, thus a
+        // surrogate pair with total length 2 instantly indicates a range error (but not a "your
+        // string was too long" error).
+        else if (StringCaster::UTF_N == 16 && str_len == 2) {
+            char16_t v0 = static_cast<char16_t>(value[0]);
+            if (v0 >= 0xD800 && v0 < 0xE000)
+                throw value_error("Character code point not in range(0x10000)");
+        }
+
+        if (str_len != 1)
+            throw value_error("Expected a character, but multi-character string found");
+
+        return value[0];
+    }
+
+    static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return type_descr(_(PYBIND11_STRING_NAME)); }
+    template <typename _T> using cast_op_type = remove_reference_t<pybind11::detail::cast_op_type<_T>>;
+};
+
+// Base implementation for std::tuple and std::pair
+template <template<typename...> class Tuple, typename... Ts> class tuple_caster {
+    using type = Tuple<Ts...>;
+    static constexpr auto size = sizeof...(Ts);
+    using indices = make_index_sequence<size>;
+public:
+
+    bool load(handle src, bool convert) {
+        if (!isinstance<sequence>(src))
+            return false;
+        const auto seq = reinterpret_borrow<sequence>(src);
+        if (seq.size() != size)
+            return false;
+        return load_impl(seq, convert, indices{});
+    }
+
+    template <typename T>
+    static handle cast(T &&src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent) {
+        return cast_impl(std::forward<T>(src), policy, parent, indices{});
+    }
+
+    static PYBIND11_DESCR name() {
+        return type_descr(_("Tuple[") + detail::concat(make_caster<Ts>::name()...) + _("]"));
+    }
+
+    template <typename T> using cast_op_type = type;
+
+    operator type() & { return implicit_cast(indices{}); }
+    operator type() && { return std::move(*this).implicit_cast(indices{}); }
+
+protected:
+    template <size_t... Is>
+    type implicit_cast(index_sequence<Is...>) & { return type(cast_op<Ts>(std::get<Is>(subcasters))...); }
+    template <size_t... Is>
+    type implicit_cast(index_sequence<Is...>) && { return type(cast_op<Ts>(std::move(std::get<Is>(subcasters)))...); }
+
+    static constexpr bool load_impl(const sequence &, bool, index_sequence<>) { return true; }
+
+    template <size_t... Is>
+    bool load_impl(const sequence &seq, bool convert, index_sequence<Is...>) {
+        for (bool r : {std::get<Is>(subcasters).load(seq[Is], convert)...})
+            if (!r)
+                return false;
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    /* Implementation: Convert a C++ tuple into a Python tuple */
+    template <typename T, size_t... Is>
+    static handle cast_impl(T &&src, return_value_policy policy, handle parent, index_sequence<Is...>) {
+        std::array<object, size> entries{{
+            reinterpret_steal<object>(make_caster<Ts>::cast(std::get<Is>(std::forward<T>(src)), policy, parent))...
+        }};
+        for (const auto &entry: entries)
+            if (!entry)
+                return handle();
+        tuple result(size);
+        int counter = 0;
+        for (auto & entry: entries)
+            PyTuple_SET_ITEM(result.ptr(), counter++, entry.release().ptr());
+        return result.release();
+    }
+
+    Tuple<make_caster<Ts>...> subcasters;
+};
+
+template <typename T1, typename T2> class type_caster<std::pair<T1, T2>>
+    : public tuple_caster<std::pair, T1, T2> {};
+
+template <typename... Ts> class type_caster<std::tuple<Ts...>>
+    : public tuple_caster<std::tuple, Ts...> {};
+
+/// Helper class which abstracts away certain actions. Users can provide specializations for
+/// custom holders, but it's only necessary if the type has a non-standard interface.
+template <typename T>
+struct holder_helper {
+    static auto get(const T &p) -> decltype(p.get()) { return p.get(); }
+};
+
+/// Type caster for holder types like std::shared_ptr, etc.
+template <typename type, typename holder_type>
+struct copyable_holder_caster : public type_caster_base<type> {
+public:
+    using base = type_caster_base<type>;
+    static_assert(std::is_base_of<base, type_caster<type>>::value,
+            "Holder classes are only supported for custom types");
+    using base::base;
+    using base::cast;
+    using base::typeinfo;
+    using base::value;
+
+    bool load(handle src, bool convert) {
+        return base::template load_impl<copyable_holder_caster<type, holder_type>>(src, convert);
+    }
+
+    explicit operator type*() { return this->value; }
+    explicit operator type&() { return *(this->value); }
+    explicit operator holder_type*() { return &holder; }
+
+    // Workaround for Intel compiler bug
+    // see pybind11 issue 94
+    #if defined(__ICC) || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+    operator holder_type&() { return holder; }
+    #else
+    explicit operator holder_type&() { return holder; }
+    #endif
+
+    static handle cast(const holder_type &src, return_value_policy, handle) {
+        const auto *ptr = holder_helper<holder_type>::get(src);
+        return type_caster_base<type>::cast_holder(ptr, &src);
+    }
+
+protected:
+    friend class type_caster_generic;
+    void check_holder_compat() {
+        if (typeinfo->default_holder)
+            throw cast_error("Unable to load a custom holder type from a default-holder instance");
+    }
+
+    bool load_value(const value_and_holder &v_h) {
+        if (v_h.holder_constructed()) {
+            value = v_h.value_ptr();
+            holder = v_h.holder<holder_type>();
+            return true;
+        } else {
+            throw cast_error("Unable to cast from non-held to held instance (T& to Holder<T>) "
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+                             "(compile in debug mode for type information)");
+#else
+                             "of type '" + type_id<holder_type>() + "''");
+#endif
+        }
+    }
+
+    template <typename T = holder_type, detail::enable_if_t<!std::is_constructible<T, const T &, type*>::value, int> = 0>
+    bool try_implicit_casts(handle, bool) { return false; }
+
+    template <typename T = holder_type, detail::enable_if_t<std::is_constructible<T, const T &, type*>::value, int> = 0>
+    bool try_implicit_casts(handle src, bool convert) {
+        for (auto &cast : typeinfo->implicit_casts) {
+            copyable_holder_caster sub_caster(*cast.first);
+            if (sub_caster.load(src, convert)) {
+                value = cast.second(sub_caster.value);
+                holder = holder_type(sub_caster.holder, (type *) value);
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    static bool try_direct_conversions(handle) { return false; }
+
+
+    holder_type holder;
+};
+
+/// Specialize for the common std::shared_ptr, so users don't need to
+template <typename T>
+class type_caster<std::shared_ptr<T>> : public copyable_holder_caster<T, std::shared_ptr<T>> { };
+
+template <typename type, typename holder_type>
+struct move_only_holder_caster {
+    static_assert(std::is_base_of<type_caster_base<type>, type_caster<type>>::value,
+            "Holder classes are only supported for custom types");
+
+    static handle cast(holder_type &&src, return_value_policy, handle) {
+        auto *ptr = holder_helper<holder_type>::get(src);
+        return type_caster_base<type>::cast_holder(ptr, &src);
+    }
+    static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return type_caster_base<type>::name(); }
+};
+
+template <typename type, typename deleter>
+class type_caster<std::unique_ptr<type, deleter>>
+    : public move_only_holder_caster<type, std::unique_ptr<type, deleter>> { };
+
+template <typename type, typename holder_type>
+using type_caster_holder = conditional_t<is_copy_constructible<holder_type>::value,
+                                         copyable_holder_caster<type, holder_type>,
+                                         move_only_holder_caster<type, holder_type>>;
+
+template <typename T, bool Value = false> struct always_construct_holder { static constexpr bool value = Value; };
+
+/// Create a specialization for custom holder types (silently ignores std::shared_ptr)
+#define PYBIND11_DECLARE_HOLDER_TYPE(type, holder_type, ...) \
+    namespace pybind11 { namespace detail { \
+    template <typename type> \
+    struct always_construct_holder<holder_type> : always_construct_holder<void, ##__VA_ARGS__>  { }; \
+    template <typename type> \
+    class type_caster<holder_type, enable_if_t<!is_shared_ptr<holder_type>::value>> \
+        : public type_caster_holder<type, holder_type> { }; \
+    }}
+
+// PYBIND11_DECLARE_HOLDER_TYPE holder types:
+template <typename base, typename holder> struct is_holder_type :
+    std::is_base_of<detail::type_caster_holder<base, holder>, detail::type_caster<holder>> {};
+// Specialization for always-supported unique_ptr holders:
+template <typename base, typename deleter> struct is_holder_type<base, std::unique_ptr<base, deleter>> :
+    std::true_type {};
+
+template <typename T> struct handle_type_name { static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return _<T>(); } };
+template <> struct handle_type_name<bytes> { static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return _(PYBIND11_BYTES_NAME); } };
+template <> struct handle_type_name<args> { static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return _("*args"); } };
+template <> struct handle_type_name<kwargs> { static PYBIND11_DESCR name() { return _("**kwargs"); } };
+
+template <typename type>
+struct pyobject_caster {
+    template <typename T = type, enable_if_t<std::is_same<T, handle>::value, int> = 0>
+    bool load(handle src, bool /* convert */) { value = src; return static_cast<bool>(value); }
+
+    template <typename T = type, enable_if_t<std::is_base_of<object, T>::value, int> = 0>
+    bool load(handle src, bool /* convert */) {
+        if (!isinstance<type>(src))
+            return false;
+        value = reinterpret_borrow<type>(src);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(const handle &src, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        return src.inc_ref();
+    }
+    PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(type, handle_type_name<type>::name());
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+class type_caster<T, enable_if_t<is_pyobject<T>::value>> : public pyobject_caster<T> { };
+
+// Our conditions for enabling moving are quite restrictive:
+// At compile time:
+// - T needs to be a non-const, non-pointer, non-reference type
+// - type_caster<T>::operator T&() must exist
+// - the type must be move constructible (obviously)
+// At run-time:
+// - if the type is non-copy-constructible, the object must be the sole owner of the type (i.e. it
+//   must have ref_count() == 1)h
+// If any of the above are not satisfied, we fall back to copying.
+template <typename T> using move_is_plain_type = satisfies_none_of<T,
+    std::is_void, std::is_pointer, std::is_reference, std::is_const
+>;
+template <typename T, typename SFINAE = void> struct move_always : std::false_type {};
+template <typename T> struct move_always<T, enable_if_t<all_of<
+    move_is_plain_type<T>,
+    negation<is_copy_constructible<T>>,
+    std::is_move_constructible<T>,
+    std::is_same<decltype(std::declval<make_caster<T>>().operator T&()), T&>
+>::value>> : std::true_type {};
+template <typename T, typename SFINAE = void> struct move_if_unreferenced : std::false_type {};
+template <typename T> struct move_if_unreferenced<T, enable_if_t<all_of<
+    move_is_plain_type<T>,
+    negation<move_always<T>>,
+    std::is_move_constructible<T>,
+    std::is_same<decltype(std::declval<make_caster<T>>().operator T&()), T&>
+>::value>> : std::true_type {};
+template <typename T> using move_never = none_of<move_always<T>, move_if_unreferenced<T>>;
+
+// Detect whether returning a `type` from a cast on type's type_caster is going to result in a
+// reference or pointer to a local variable of the type_caster.  Basically, only
+// non-reference/pointer `type`s and reference/pointers from a type_caster_generic are safe;
+// everything else returns a reference/pointer to a local variable.
+template <typename type> using cast_is_temporary_value_reference = bool_constant<
+    (std::is_reference<type>::value || std::is_pointer<type>::value) &&
+    !std::is_base_of<type_caster_generic, make_caster<type>>::value
+>;
+
+// When a value returned from a C++ function is being cast back to Python, we almost always want to
+// force `policy = move`, regardless of the return value policy the function/method was declared
+// with.  Some classes (most notably Eigen::Ref and related) need to avoid this, and so can do so by
+// specializing this struct.
+template <typename Return, typename SFINAE = void> struct return_value_policy_override {
+    static return_value_policy policy(return_value_policy p) {
+        return !std::is_lvalue_reference<Return>::value && !std::is_pointer<Return>::value
+            ? return_value_policy::move : p;
+    }
+};
+
+// Basic python -> C++ casting; throws if casting fails
+template <typename T, typename SFINAE> type_caster<T, SFINAE> &load_type(type_caster<T, SFINAE> &conv, const handle &handle) {
+    if (!conv.load(handle, true)) {
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+        throw cast_error("Unable to cast Python instance to C++ type (compile in debug mode for details)");
+#else
+        throw cast_error("Unable to cast Python instance of type " +
+            (std::string) str(handle.get_type()) + " to C++ type '" + type_id<T>() + "''");
+#endif
+    }
+    return conv;
+}
+// Wrapper around the above that also constructs and returns a type_caster
+template <typename T> make_caster<T> load_type(const handle &handle) {
+    make_caster<T> conv;
+    load_type(conv, handle);
+    return conv;
+}
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+
+// pytype -> C++ type
+template <typename T, detail::enable_if_t<!detail::is_pyobject<T>::value, int> = 0>
+T cast(const handle &handle) {
+    using namespace detail;
+    static_assert(!cast_is_temporary_value_reference<T>::value,
+            "Unable to cast type to reference: value is local to type caster");
+    return cast_op<T>(load_type<T>(handle));
+}
+
+// pytype -> pytype (calls converting constructor)
+template <typename T, detail::enable_if_t<detail::is_pyobject<T>::value, int> = 0>
+T cast(const handle &handle) { return T(reinterpret_borrow<object>(handle)); }
+
+// C++ type -> py::object
+template <typename T, detail::enable_if_t<!detail::is_pyobject<T>::value, int> = 0>
+object cast(const T &value, return_value_policy policy = return_value_policy::automatic_reference,
+            handle parent = handle()) {
+    if (policy == return_value_policy::automatic)
+        policy = std::is_pointer<T>::value ? return_value_policy::take_ownership : return_value_policy::copy;
+    else if (policy == return_value_policy::automatic_reference)
+        policy = std::is_pointer<T>::value ? return_value_policy::reference : return_value_policy::copy;
+    return reinterpret_steal<object>(detail::make_caster<T>::cast(value, policy, parent));
+}
+
+template <typename T> T handle::cast() const { return pybind11::cast<T>(*this); }
+template <> inline void handle::cast() const { return; }
+
+template <typename T>
+detail::enable_if_t<!detail::move_never<T>::value, T> move(object &&obj) {
+    if (obj.ref_count() > 1)
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+        throw cast_error("Unable to cast Python instance to C++ rvalue: instance has multiple references"
+            " (compile in debug mode for details)");
+#else
+        throw cast_error("Unable to move from Python " + (std::string) str(obj.get_type()) +
+                " instance to C++ " + type_id<T>() + " instance: instance has multiple references");
+#endif
+
+    // Move into a temporary and return that, because the reference may be a local value of `conv`
+    T ret = std::move(detail::load_type<T>(obj).operator T&());
+    return ret;
+}
+
+// Calling cast() on an rvalue calls pybind::cast with the object rvalue, which does:
+// - If we have to move (because T has no copy constructor), do it.  This will fail if the moved
+//   object has multiple references, but trying to copy will fail to compile.
+// - If both movable and copyable, check ref count: if 1, move; otherwise copy
+// - Otherwise (not movable), copy.
+template <typename T> detail::enable_if_t<detail::move_always<T>::value, T> cast(object &&object) {
+    return move<T>(std::move(object));
+}
+template <typename T> detail::enable_if_t<detail::move_if_unreferenced<T>::value, T> cast(object &&object) {
+    if (object.ref_count() > 1)
+        return cast<T>(object);
+    else
+        return move<T>(std::move(object));
+}
+template <typename T> detail::enable_if_t<detail::move_never<T>::value, T> cast(object &&object) {
+    return cast<T>(object);
+}
+
+template <typename T> T object::cast() const & { return pybind11::cast<T>(*this); }
+template <typename T> T object::cast() && { return pybind11::cast<T>(std::move(*this)); }
+template <> inline void object::cast() const & { return; }
+template <> inline void object::cast() && { return; }
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+
+// Declared in pytypes.h:
+template <typename T, enable_if_t<!is_pyobject<T>::value, int>>
+object object_or_cast(T &&o) { return pybind11::cast(std::forward<T>(o)); }
+
+struct overload_unused {}; // Placeholder type for the unneeded (and dead code) static variable in the OVERLOAD_INT macro
+template <typename ret_type> using overload_caster_t = conditional_t<
+    cast_is_temporary_value_reference<ret_type>::value, make_caster<ret_type>, overload_unused>;
+
+// Trampoline use: for reference/pointer types to value-converted values, we do a value cast, then
+// store the result in the given variable.  For other types, this is a no-op.
+template <typename T> enable_if_t<cast_is_temporary_value_reference<T>::value, T> cast_ref(object &&o, make_caster<T> &caster) {
+    return cast_op<T>(load_type(caster, o));
+}
+template <typename T> enable_if_t<!cast_is_temporary_value_reference<T>::value, T> cast_ref(object &&, overload_unused &) {
+    pybind11_fail("Internal error: cast_ref fallback invoked"); }
+
+// Trampoline use: Having a pybind11::cast with an invalid reference type is going to static_assert, even
+// though if it's in dead code, so we provide a "trampoline" to pybind11::cast that only does anything in
+// cases where pybind11::cast is valid.
+template <typename T> enable_if_t<!cast_is_temporary_value_reference<T>::value, T> cast_safe(object &&o) {
+    return pybind11::cast<T>(std::move(o)); }
+template <typename T> enable_if_t<cast_is_temporary_value_reference<T>::value, T> cast_safe(object &&) {
+    pybind11_fail("Internal error: cast_safe fallback invoked"); }
+template <> inline void cast_safe<void>(object &&) {}
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+
+template <return_value_policy policy = return_value_policy::automatic_reference,
+          typename... Args> tuple make_tuple(Args&&... args_) {
+    constexpr size_t size = sizeof...(Args);
+    std::array<object, size> args {
+        { reinterpret_steal<object>(detail::make_caster<Args>::cast(
+            std::forward<Args>(args_), policy, nullptr))... }
+    };
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < args.size(); i++) {
+        if (!args[i]) {
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+            throw cast_error("make_tuple(): unable to convert arguments to Python object (compile in debug mode for details)");
+#else
+            std::array<std::string, size> argtypes { {type_id<Args>()...} };
+            throw cast_error("make_tuple(): unable to convert argument of type '" +
+                argtypes[i] + "' to Python object");
+#endif
+        }
+    }
+    tuple result(size);
+    int counter = 0;
+    for (auto &arg_value : args)
+        PyTuple_SET_ITEM(result.ptr(), counter++, arg_value.release().ptr());
+    return result;
+}
+
+/// \ingroup annotations
+/// Annotation for arguments
+struct arg {
+    /// Constructs an argument with the name of the argument; if null or omitted, this is a positional argument.
+    constexpr explicit arg(const char *name = nullptr) : name(name), flag_noconvert(false), flag_none(true) { }
+    /// Assign a value to this argument
+    template <typename T> arg_v operator=(T &&value) const;
+    /// Indicate that the type should not be converted in the type caster
+    arg &noconvert(bool flag = true) { flag_noconvert = flag; return *this; }
+    /// Indicates that the argument should/shouldn't allow None (e.g. for nullable pointer args)
+    arg &none(bool flag = true) { flag_none = flag; return *this; }
+
+    const char *name; ///< If non-null, this is a named kwargs argument
+    bool flag_noconvert : 1; ///< If set, do not allow conversion (requires a supporting type caster!)
+    bool flag_none : 1; ///< If set (the default), allow None to be passed to this argument
+};
+
+/// \ingroup annotations
+/// Annotation for arguments with values
+struct arg_v : arg {
+private:
+    template <typename T>
+    arg_v(arg &&base, T &&x, const char *descr = nullptr)
+        : arg(base),
+          value(reinterpret_steal<object>(
+              detail::make_caster<T>::cast(x, return_value_policy::automatic, {})
+          )),
+          descr(descr)
+#if !defined(NDEBUG)
+        , type(type_id<T>())
+#endif
+    { }
+
+public:
+    /// Direct construction with name, default, and description
+    template <typename T>
+    arg_v(const char *name, T &&x, const char *descr = nullptr)
+        : arg_v(arg(name), std::forward<T>(x), descr) { }
+
+    /// Called internally when invoking `py::arg("a") = value`
+    template <typename T>
+    arg_v(const arg &base, T &&x, const char *descr = nullptr)
+        : arg_v(arg(base), std::forward<T>(x), descr) { }
+
+    /// Same as `arg::noconvert()`, but returns *this as arg_v&, not arg&
+    arg_v &noconvert(bool flag = true) { arg::noconvert(flag); return *this; }
+
+    /// Same as `arg::nonone()`, but returns *this as arg_v&, not arg&
+    arg_v &none(bool flag = true) { arg::none(flag); return *this; }
+
+    /// The default value
+    object value;
+    /// The (optional) description of the default value
+    const char *descr;
+#if !defined(NDEBUG)
+    /// The C++ type name of the default value (only available when compiled in debug mode)
+    std::string type;
+#endif
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+arg_v arg::operator=(T &&value) const { return {std::move(*this), std::forward<T>(value)}; }
+
+/// Alias for backward compatibility -- to be removed in version 2.0
+template <typename /*unused*/> using arg_t = arg_v;
+
+inline namespace literals {
+/** \rst
+    String literal version of `arg`
+ \endrst */
+constexpr arg operator"" _a(const char *name, size_t) { return arg(name); }
+}
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+
+// forward declaration (definition in attr.h)
+struct function_record;
+
+/// Internal data associated with a single function call
+struct function_call {
+    function_call(function_record &f, handle p); // Implementation in attr.h
+
+    /// The function data:
+    const function_record &func;
+
+    /// Arguments passed to the function:
+    std::vector<handle> args;
+
+    /// The `convert` value the arguments should be loaded with
+    std::vector<bool> args_convert;
+
+    /// The parent, if any
+    handle parent;
+};
+
+
+/// Helper class which loads arguments for C++ functions called from Python
+template <typename... Args>
+class argument_loader {
+    using indices = make_index_sequence<sizeof...(Args)>;
+
+    template <typename Arg> using argument_is_args   = std::is_same<intrinsic_t<Arg>, args>;
+    template <typename Arg> using argument_is_kwargs = std::is_same<intrinsic_t<Arg>, kwargs>;
+    // Get args/kwargs argument positions relative to the end of the argument list:
+    static constexpr auto args_pos = constexpr_first<argument_is_args, Args...>() - (int) sizeof...(Args),
+                        kwargs_pos = constexpr_first<argument_is_kwargs, Args...>() - (int) sizeof...(Args);
+
+    static constexpr bool args_kwargs_are_last = kwargs_pos >= - 1 && args_pos >= kwargs_pos - 1;
+
+    static_assert(args_kwargs_are_last, "py::args/py::kwargs are only permitted as the last argument(s) of a function");
+
+public:
+    static constexpr bool has_kwargs = kwargs_pos < 0;
+    static constexpr bool has_args = args_pos < 0;
+
+    static PYBIND11_DESCR arg_names() { return detail::concat(make_caster<Args>::name()...); }
+
+    bool load_args(function_call &call) {
+        return load_impl_sequence(call, indices{});
+    }
+
+    template <typename Return, typename Guard, typename Func>
+    enable_if_t<!std::is_void<Return>::value, Return> call(Func &&f) && {
+        return std::move(*this).template call_impl<Return>(std::forward<Func>(f), indices{}, Guard{});
+    }
+
+    template <typename Return, typename Guard, typename Func>
+    enable_if_t<std::is_void<Return>::value, void_type> call(Func &&f) && {
+        std::move(*this).template call_impl<Return>(std::forward<Func>(f), indices{}, Guard{});
+        return void_type();
+    }
+
+private:
+
+    static bool load_impl_sequence(function_call &, index_sequence<>) { return true; }
+
+    template <size_t... Is>
+    bool load_impl_sequence(function_call &call, index_sequence<Is...>) {
+        for (bool r : {std::get<Is>(argcasters).load(call.args[Is], call.args_convert[Is])...})
+            if (!r)
+                return false;
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    template <typename Return, typename Func, size_t... Is, typename Guard>
+    Return call_impl(Func &&f, index_sequence<Is...>, Guard &&) {
+        return std::forward<Func>(f)(cast_op<Args>(std::move(std::get<Is>(argcasters)))...);
+    }
+
+    std::tuple<make_caster<Args>...> argcasters;
+};
+
+/// Helper class which collects only positional arguments for a Python function call.
+/// A fancier version below can collect any argument, but this one is optimal for simple calls.
+template <return_value_policy policy>
+class simple_collector {
+public:
+    template <typename... Ts>
+    explicit simple_collector(Ts &&...values)
+        : m_args(pybind11::make_tuple<policy>(std::forward<Ts>(values)...)) { }
+
+    const tuple &args() const & { return m_args; }
+    dict kwargs() const { return {}; }
+
+    tuple args() && { return std::move(m_args); }
+
+    /// Call a Python function and pass the collected arguments
+    object call(PyObject *ptr) const {
+        PyObject *result = PyObject_CallObject(ptr, m_args.ptr());
+        if (!result)
+            throw error_already_set();
+        return reinterpret_steal<object>(result);
+    }
+
+private:
+    tuple m_args;
+};
+
+/// Helper class which collects positional, keyword, * and ** arguments for a Python function call
+template <return_value_policy policy>
+class unpacking_collector {
+public:
+    template <typename... Ts>
+    explicit unpacking_collector(Ts &&...values) {
+        // Tuples aren't (easily) resizable so a list is needed for collection,
+        // but the actual function call strictly requires a tuple.
+        auto args_list = list();
+        int _[] = { 0, (process(args_list, std::forward<Ts>(values)), 0)... };
+        ignore_unused(_);
+
+        m_args = std::move(args_list);
+    }
+
+    const tuple &args() const & { return m_args; }
+    const dict &kwargs() const & { return m_kwargs; }
+
+    tuple args() && { return std::move(m_args); }
+    dict kwargs() && { return std::move(m_kwargs); }
+
+    /// Call a Python function and pass the collected arguments
+    object call(PyObject *ptr) const {
+        PyObject *result = PyObject_Call(ptr, m_args.ptr(), m_kwargs.ptr());
+        if (!result)
+            throw error_already_set();
+        return reinterpret_steal<object>(result);
+    }
+
+private:
+    template <typename T>
+    void process(list &args_list, T &&x) {
+        auto o = reinterpret_steal<object>(detail::make_caster<T>::cast(std::forward<T>(x), policy, {}));
+        if (!o) {
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+            argument_cast_error();
+#else
+            argument_cast_error(std::to_string(args_list.size()), type_id<T>());
+#endif
+        }
+        args_list.append(o);
+    }
+
+    void process(list &args_list, detail::args_proxy ap) {
+        for (const auto &a : ap)
+            args_list.append(a);
+    }
+
+    void process(list &/*args_list*/, arg_v a) {
+        if (!a.name)
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+            nameless_argument_error();
+#else
+            nameless_argument_error(a.type);
+#endif
+
+        if (m_kwargs.contains(a.name)) {
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+            multiple_values_error();
+#else
+            multiple_values_error(a.name);
+#endif
+        }
+        if (!a.value) {
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+            argument_cast_error();
+#else
+            argument_cast_error(a.name, a.type);
+#endif
+        }
+        m_kwargs[a.name] = a.value;
+    }
+
+    void process(list &/*args_list*/, detail::kwargs_proxy kp) {
+        if (!kp)
+            return;
+        for (const auto &k : reinterpret_borrow<dict>(kp)) {
+            if (m_kwargs.contains(k.first)) {
+#if defined(NDEBUG)
+                multiple_values_error();
+#else
+                multiple_values_error(str(k.first));
+#endif
+            }
+            m_kwargs[k.first] = k.second;
+        }
+    }
+
+    [[noreturn]] static void nameless_argument_error() {
+        throw type_error("Got kwargs without a name; only named arguments "
+                         "may be passed via py::arg() to a python function call. "
+                         "(compile in debug mode for details)");
+    }
+    [[noreturn]] static void nameless_argument_error(std::string type) {
+        throw type_error("Got kwargs without a name of type '" + type + "'; only named "
+                         "arguments may be passed via py::arg() to a python function call. ");
+    }
+    [[noreturn]] static void multiple_values_error() {
+        throw type_error("Got multiple values for keyword argument "
+                         "(compile in debug mode for details)");
+    }
+
+    [[noreturn]] static void multiple_values_error(std::string name) {
+        throw type_error("Got multiple values for keyword argument '" + name + "'");
+    }
+
+    [[noreturn]] static void argument_cast_error() {
+        throw cast_error("Unable to convert call argument to Python object "
+                         "(compile in debug mode for details)");
+    }
+
+    [[noreturn]] static void argument_cast_error(std::string name, std::string type) {
+        throw cast_error("Unable to convert call argument '" + name
+                         + "' of type '" + type + "' to Python object");
+    }
+
+private:
+    tuple m_args;
+    dict m_kwargs;
+};
+
+/// Collect only positional arguments for a Python function call
+template <return_value_policy policy, typename... Args,
+          typename = enable_if_t<all_of<is_positional<Args>...>::value>>
+simple_collector<policy> collect_arguments(Args &&...args) {
+    return simple_collector<policy>(std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+}
+
+/// Collect all arguments, including keywords and unpacking (only instantiated when needed)
+template <return_value_policy policy, typename... Args,
+          typename = enable_if_t<!all_of<is_positional<Args>...>::value>>
+unpacking_collector<policy> collect_arguments(Args &&...args) {
+    // Following argument order rules for generalized unpacking according to PEP 448
+    static_assert(
+        constexpr_last<is_positional, Args...>() < constexpr_first<is_keyword_or_ds, Args...>()
+        && constexpr_last<is_s_unpacking, Args...>() < constexpr_first<is_ds_unpacking, Args...>(),
+        "Invalid function call: positional args must precede keywords and ** unpacking; "
+        "* unpacking must precede ** unpacking"
+    );
+    return unpacking_collector<policy>(std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+}
+
+template <typename Derived>
+template <return_value_policy policy, typename... Args>
+object object_api<Derived>::operator()(Args &&...args) const {
+    return detail::collect_arguments<policy>(std::forward<Args>(args)...).call(derived().ptr());
+}
+
+template <typename Derived>
+template <return_value_policy policy, typename... Args>
+object object_api<Derived>::call(Args &&...args) const {
+    return operator()<policy>(std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+}
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+
+#define PYBIND11_MAKE_OPAQUE(Type) \
+    namespace pybind11 { namespace detail { \
+        template<> class type_caster<Type> : public type_caster_base<Type> { }; \
+    }}
+
+NAMESPACE_END(pybind11)

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/pybind11/chrono.h

+/*
+    pybind11/chrono.h: Transparent conversion between std::chrono and python's datetime
+
+    Copyright (c) 2016 Trent Houliston <trent@houliston.me> and
+                       Wenzel Jakob <wenzel.jakob@epfl.ch>
+
+    All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a
+    BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+*/
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "pybind11.h"
+#include <cmath>
+#include <ctime>
+#include <chrono>
+#include <datetime.h>
+
+// Backport the PyDateTime_DELTA functions from Python3.3 if required
+#ifndef PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_DAYS
+#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_DAYS(o)         (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->days)
+#endif
+#ifndef PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_SECONDS
+#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_SECONDS(o)      (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->seconds)
+#endif
+#ifndef PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_MICROSECONDS
+#define PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_MICROSECONDS(o) (((PyDateTime_Delta*)o)->microseconds)
+#endif
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(pybind11)
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+
+template <typename type> class duration_caster {
+public:
+    typedef typename type::rep rep;
+    typedef typename type::period period;
+
+    typedef std::chrono::duration<uint_fast32_t, std::ratio<86400>> days;
+
+    bool load(handle src, bool) {
+        using namespace std::chrono;
+
+        // Lazy initialise the PyDateTime import
+        if (!PyDateTimeAPI) { PyDateTime_IMPORT; }
+
+        if (!src) return false;
+        // If invoked with datetime.delta object
+        if (PyDelta_Check(src.ptr())) {
+            value = type(duration_cast<duration<rep, period>>(
+                  days(PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_DAYS(src.ptr()))
+                + seconds(PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_SECONDS(src.ptr()))
+                + microseconds(PyDateTime_DELTA_GET_MICROSECONDS(src.ptr()))));
+            return true;
+        }
+        // If invoked with a float we assume it is seconds and convert
+        else if (PyFloat_Check(src.ptr())) {
+            value = type(duration_cast<duration<rep, period>>(duration<double>(PyFloat_AsDouble(src.ptr()))));
+            return true;
+        }
+        else return false;
+    }
+
+    // If this is a duration just return it back
+    static const std::chrono::duration<rep, period>& get_duration(const std::chrono::duration<rep, period> &src) {
+        return src;
+    }
+
+    // If this is a time_point get the time_since_epoch
+    template <typename Clock> static std::chrono::duration<rep, period> get_duration(const std::chrono::time_point<Clock, std::chrono::duration<rep, period>> &src) {
+        return src.time_since_epoch();
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(const type &src, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        using namespace std::chrono;
+
+        // Use overloaded function to get our duration from our source
+        // Works out if it is a duration or time_point and get the duration
+        auto d = get_duration(src);
+
+        // Lazy initialise the PyDateTime import
+        if (!PyDateTimeAPI) { PyDateTime_IMPORT; }
+
+        // Declare these special duration types so the conversions happen with the correct primitive types (int)
+        using dd_t = duration<int, std::ratio<86400>>;
+        using ss_t = duration<int, std::ratio<1>>;
+        using us_t = duration<int, std::micro>;
+
+        auto dd = duration_cast<dd_t>(d);
+        auto subd = d - dd;
+        auto ss = duration_cast<ss_t>(subd);
+        auto us = duration_cast<us_t>(subd - ss);
+        return PyDelta_FromDSU(dd.count(), ss.count(), us.count());
+    }
+
+    PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(type, _("datetime.timedelta"));
+};
+
+// This is for casting times on the system clock into datetime.datetime instances
+template <typename Duration> class type_caster<std::chrono::time_point<std::chrono::system_clock, Duration>> {
+public:
+    typedef std::chrono::time_point<std::chrono::system_clock, Duration> type;
+    bool load(handle src, bool) {
+        using namespace std::chrono;
+
+        // Lazy initialise the PyDateTime import
+        if (!PyDateTimeAPI) { PyDateTime_IMPORT; }
+
+        if (!src) return false;
+        if (PyDateTime_Check(src.ptr())) {
+            std::tm cal;
+            cal.tm_sec   = PyDateTime_DATE_GET_SECOND(src.ptr());
+            cal.tm_min   = PyDateTime_DATE_GET_MINUTE(src.ptr());
+            cal.tm_hour  = PyDateTime_DATE_GET_HOUR(src.ptr());
+            cal.tm_mday  = PyDateTime_GET_DAY(src.ptr());
+            cal.tm_mon   = PyDateTime_GET_MONTH(src.ptr()) - 1;
+            cal.tm_year  = PyDateTime_GET_YEAR(src.ptr()) - 1900;
+            cal.tm_isdst = -1;
+
+            value = system_clock::from_time_t(std::mktime(&cal)) + microseconds(PyDateTime_DATE_GET_MICROSECOND(src.ptr()));
+            return true;
+        }
+        else return false;
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(const std::chrono::time_point<std::chrono::system_clock, Duration> &src, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        using namespace std::chrono;
+
+        // Lazy initialise the PyDateTime import
+        if (!PyDateTimeAPI) { PyDateTime_IMPORT; }
+
+        std::time_t tt = system_clock::to_time_t(src);
+        // this function uses static memory so it's best to copy it out asap just in case
+        // otherwise other code that is using localtime may break this (not just python code)
+        std::tm localtime = *std::localtime(&tt);
+
+        // Declare these special duration types so the conversions happen with the correct primitive types (int)
+        using us_t = duration<int, std::micro>;
+
+        return PyDateTime_FromDateAndTime(localtime.tm_year + 1900,
+                                          localtime.tm_mon + 1,
+                                          localtime.tm_mday,
+                                          localtime.tm_hour,
+                                          localtime.tm_min,
+                                          localtime.tm_sec,
+                                          (duration_cast<us_t>(src.time_since_epoch() % seconds(1))).count());
+    }
+    PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(type, _("datetime.datetime"));
+};
+
+// Other clocks that are not the system clock are not measured as datetime.datetime objects
+// since they are not measured on calendar time. So instead we just make them timedeltas
+// Or if they have passed us a time as a float we convert that
+template <typename Clock, typename Duration> class type_caster<std::chrono::time_point<Clock, Duration>>
+: public duration_caster<std::chrono::time_point<Clock, Duration>> {
+};
+
+template <typename Rep, typename Period> class type_caster<std::chrono::duration<Rep, Period>>
+: public duration_caster<std::chrono::duration<Rep, Period>> {
+};
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+NAMESPACE_END(pybind11)

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/pybind11/class_support.h

+/*
+    pybind11/class_support.h: Python C API implementation details for py::class_
+
+    Copyright (c) 2017 Wenzel Jakob <wenzel.jakob@epfl.ch>
+
+    All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a
+    BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+*/
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "attr.h"
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(pybind11)
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+
+inline PyTypeObject *type_incref(PyTypeObject *type) {
+    Py_INCREF(type);
+    return type;
+}
+
+#if !defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+
+/// `pybind11_static_property.__get__()`: Always pass the class instead of the instance.
+extern "C" inline PyObject *pybind11_static_get(PyObject *self, PyObject * /*ob*/, PyObject *cls) {
+    return PyProperty_Type.tp_descr_get(self, cls, cls);
+}
+
+/// `pybind11_static_property.__set__()`: Just like the above `__get__()`.
+extern "C" inline int pybind11_static_set(PyObject *self, PyObject *obj, PyObject *value) {
+    PyObject *cls = PyType_Check(obj) ? obj : (PyObject *) Py_TYPE(obj);
+    return PyProperty_Type.tp_descr_set(self, cls, value);
+}
+
+/** A `static_property` is the same as a `property` but the `__get__()` and `__set__()`
+    methods are modified to always use the object type instead of a concrete instance.
+    Return value: New reference. */
+inline PyTypeObject *make_static_property_type() {
+    constexpr auto *name = "pybind11_static_property";
+    auto name_obj = reinterpret_steal<object>(PYBIND11_FROM_STRING(name));
+
+    /* Danger zone: from now (and until PyType_Ready), make sure to
+       issue no Python C API calls which could potentially invoke the
+       garbage collector (the GC will call type_traverse(), which will in
+       turn find the newly constructed type in an invalid state) */
+    auto heap_type = (PyHeapTypeObject *) PyType_Type.tp_alloc(&PyType_Type, 0);
+    if (!heap_type)
+        pybind11_fail("make_static_property_type(): error allocating type!");
+
+    heap_type->ht_name = name_obj.inc_ref().ptr();
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3 && PY_MINOR_VERSION >= 3
+    heap_type->ht_qualname = name_obj.inc_ref().ptr();
+#endif
+
+    auto type = &heap_type->ht_type;
+    type->tp_name = name;
+    type->tp_base = type_incref(&PyProperty_Type);
+    type->tp_flags = Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT | Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE | Py_TPFLAGS_HEAPTYPE;
+    type->tp_descr_get = pybind11_static_get;
+    type->tp_descr_set = pybind11_static_set;
+
+    if (PyType_Ready(type) < 0)
+        pybind11_fail("make_static_property_type(): failure in PyType_Ready()!");
+
+    setattr((PyObject *) type, "__module__", str("pybind11_builtins"));
+
+    return type;
+}
+
+#else // PYPY
+
+/** PyPy has some issues with the above C API, so we evaluate Python code instead.
+    This function will only be called once so performance isn't really a concern.
+    Return value: New reference. */
+inline PyTypeObject *make_static_property_type() {
+    auto d = dict();
+    PyObject *result = PyRun_String(R"(\
+        class pybind11_static_property(property):
+            def __get__(self, obj, cls):
+                return property.__get__(self, cls, cls)
+
+            def __set__(self, obj, value):
+                cls = obj if isinstance(obj, type) else type(obj)
+                property.__set__(self, cls, value)
+        )", Py_file_input, d.ptr(), d.ptr()
+    );
+    if (result == nullptr)
+        throw error_already_set();
+    Py_DECREF(result);
+    return (PyTypeObject *) d["pybind11_static_property"].cast<object>().release().ptr();
+}
+
+#endif // PYPY
+
+/** Types with static properties need to handle `Type.static_prop = x` in a specific way.
+    By default, Python replaces the `static_property` itself, but for wrapped C++ types
+    we need to call `static_property.__set__()` in order to propagate the new value to
+    the underlying C++ data structure. */
+extern "C" inline int pybind11_meta_setattro(PyObject* obj, PyObject* name, PyObject* value) {
+    // Use `_PyType_Lookup()` instead of `PyObject_GetAttr()` in order to get the raw
+    // descriptor (`property`) instead of calling `tp_descr_get` (`property.__get__()`).
+    PyObject *descr = _PyType_Lookup((PyTypeObject *) obj, name);
+
+    // The following assignment combinations are possible:
+    //   1. `Type.static_prop = value`             --> descr_set: `Type.static_prop.__set__(value)`
+    //   2. `Type.static_prop = other_static_prop` --> setattro:  replace existing `static_prop`
+    //   3. `Type.regular_attribute = value`       --> setattro:  regular attribute assignment
+    const auto static_prop = (PyObject *) get_internals().static_property_type;
+    const auto call_descr_set = descr && PyObject_IsInstance(descr, static_prop)
+                                && !PyObject_IsInstance(value, static_prop);
+    if (call_descr_set) {
+        // Call `static_property.__set__()` instead of replacing the `static_property`.
+#if !defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+        return Py_TYPE(descr)->tp_descr_set(descr, obj, value);
+#else
+        if (PyObject *result = PyObject_CallMethod(descr, "__set__", "OO", obj, value)) {
+            Py_DECREF(result);
+            return 0;
+        } else {
+            return -1;
+        }
+#endif
+    } else {
+        // Replace existing attribute.
+        return PyType_Type.tp_setattro(obj, name, value);
+    }
+}
+
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3
+/**
+ * Python 3's PyInstanceMethod_Type hides itself via its tp_descr_get, which prevents aliasing
+ * methods via cls.attr("m2") = cls.attr("m1"): instead the tp_descr_get returns a plain function,
+ * when called on a class, or a PyMethod, when called on an instance.  Override that behaviour here
+ * to do a special case bypass for PyInstanceMethod_Types.
+ */
+extern "C" inline PyObject *pybind11_meta_getattro(PyObject *obj, PyObject *name) {
+    PyObject *descr = _PyType_Lookup((PyTypeObject *) obj, name);
+    if (descr && PyInstanceMethod_Check(descr)) {
+        Py_INCREF(descr);
+        return descr;
+    }
+    else {
+        return PyType_Type.tp_getattro(obj, name);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/** This metaclass is assigned by default to all pybind11 types and is required in order
+    for static properties to function correctly. Users may override this using `py::metaclass`.
+    Return value: New reference. */
+inline PyTypeObject* make_default_metaclass() {
+    constexpr auto *name = "pybind11_type";
+    auto name_obj = reinterpret_steal<object>(PYBIND11_FROM_STRING(name));
+
+    /* Danger zone: from now (and until PyType_Ready), make sure to
+       issue no Python C API calls which could potentially invoke the
+       garbage collector (the GC will call type_traverse(), which will in
+       turn find the newly constructed type in an invalid state) */
+    auto heap_type = (PyHeapTypeObject *) PyType_Type.tp_alloc(&PyType_Type, 0);
+    if (!heap_type)
+        pybind11_fail("make_default_metaclass(): error allocating metaclass!");
+
+    heap_type->ht_name = name_obj.inc_ref().ptr();
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3 && PY_MINOR_VERSION >= 3
+    heap_type->ht_qualname = name_obj.inc_ref().ptr();
+#endif
+
+    auto type = &heap_type->ht_type;
+    type->tp_name = name;
+    type->tp_base = type_incref(&PyType_Type);
+    type->tp_flags = Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT | Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE | Py_TPFLAGS_HEAPTYPE;
+
+    type->tp_setattro = pybind11_meta_setattro;
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3
+    type->tp_getattro = pybind11_meta_getattro;
+#endif
+
+    if (PyType_Ready(type) < 0)
+        pybind11_fail("make_default_metaclass(): failure in PyType_Ready()!");
+
+    setattr((PyObject *) type, "__module__", str("pybind11_builtins"));
+
+    return type;
+}
+
+/// For multiple inheritance types we need to recursively register/deregister base pointers for any
+/// base classes with pointers that are difference from the instance value pointer so that we can
+/// correctly recognize an offset base class pointer. This calls a function with any offset base ptrs.
+inline void traverse_offset_bases(void *valueptr, const detail::type_info *tinfo, instance *self,
+        bool (*f)(void * /*parentptr*/, instance * /*self*/)) {
+    for (handle h : reinterpret_borrow<tuple>(tinfo->type->tp_bases)) {
+        if (auto parent_tinfo = get_type_info((PyTypeObject *) h.ptr())) {
+            for (auto &c : parent_tinfo->implicit_casts) {
+                if (c.first == tinfo->cpptype) {
+                    auto *parentptr = c.second(valueptr);
+                    if (parentptr != valueptr)
+                        f(parentptr, self);
+                    traverse_offset_bases(parentptr, parent_tinfo, self, f);
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+inline bool register_instance_impl(void *ptr, instance *self) {
+    get_internals().registered_instances.emplace(ptr, self);
+    return true; // unused, but gives the same signature as the deregister func
+}
+inline bool deregister_instance_impl(void *ptr, instance *self) {
+    auto &registered_instances = get_internals().registered_instances;
+    auto range = registered_instances.equal_range(ptr);
+    for (auto it = range.first; it != range.second; ++it) {
+        if (Py_TYPE(self) == Py_TYPE(it->second)) {
+            registered_instances.erase(it);
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+inline void register_instance(instance *self, void *valptr, const type_info *tinfo) {
+    register_instance_impl(valptr, self);
+    if (!tinfo->simple_ancestors)
+        traverse_offset_bases(valptr, tinfo, self, register_instance_impl);
+}
+
+inline bool deregister_instance(instance *self, void *valptr, const type_info *tinfo) {
+    bool ret = deregister_instance_impl(valptr, self);
+    if (!tinfo->simple_ancestors)
+        traverse_offset_bases(valptr, tinfo, self, deregister_instance_impl);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/// Instance creation function for all pybind11 types. It only allocates space for the C++ object
+/// (or multiple objects, for Python-side inheritance from multiple pybind11 types), but doesn't
+/// call the constructor -- an `__init__` function must do that (followed by an `init_instance`
+/// to set up the holder and register the instance).
+inline PyObject *make_new_instance(PyTypeObject *type, bool allocate_value /*= true (in cast.h)*/) {
+#if defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+    // PyPy gets tp_basicsize wrong (issue 2482) under multiple inheritance when the first inherited
+    // object is a a plain Python type (i.e. not derived from an extension type).  Fix it.
+    ssize_t instance_size = static_cast<ssize_t>(sizeof(instance));
+    if (type->tp_basicsize < instance_size) {
+        type->tp_basicsize = instance_size;
+    }
+#endif
+    PyObject *self = type->tp_alloc(type, 0);
+    auto inst = reinterpret_cast<instance *>(self);
+    // Allocate the value/holder internals:
+    inst->allocate_layout();
+
+    inst->owned = true;
+    // Allocate (if requested) the value pointers; otherwise leave them as nullptr
+    if (allocate_value) {
+        for (auto &v_h : values_and_holders(inst)) {
+            void *&vptr = v_h.value_ptr();
+            vptr = v_h.type->operator_new(v_h.type->type_size);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return self;
+}
+
+/// Instance creation function for all pybind11 types. It only allocates space for the
+/// C++ object, but doesn't call the constructor -- an `__init__` function must do that.
+extern "C" inline PyObject *pybind11_object_new(PyTypeObject *type, PyObject *, PyObject *) {
+    return make_new_instance(type);
+}
+
+/// An `__init__` function constructs the C++ object. Users should provide at least one
+/// of these using `py::init` or directly with `.def(__init__, ...)`. Otherwise, the
+/// following default function will be used which simply throws an exception.
+extern "C" inline int pybind11_object_init(PyObject *self, PyObject *, PyObject *) {
+    PyTypeObject *type = Py_TYPE(self);
+    std::string msg;
+#if defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+    msg += handle((PyObject *) type).attr("__module__").cast<std::string>() + ".";
+#endif
+    msg += type->tp_name;
+    msg += ": No constructor defined!";
+    PyErr_SetString(PyExc_TypeError, msg.c_str());
+    return -1;
+}
+
+inline void add_patient(PyObject *nurse, PyObject *patient) {
+    auto &internals = get_internals();
+    auto instance = reinterpret_cast<detail::instance *>(nurse);
+    instance->has_patients = true;
+    Py_INCREF(patient);
+    internals.patients[nurse].push_back(patient);
+}
+
+inline void clear_patients(PyObject *self) {
+    auto instance = reinterpret_cast<detail::instance *>(self);
+    auto &internals = get_internals();
+    auto pos = internals.patients.find(self);
+    assert(pos != internals.patients.end());
+    // Clearing the patients can cause more Python code to run, which
+    // can invalidate the iterator. Extract the vector of patients
+    // from the unordered_map first.
+    auto patients = std::move(pos->second);
+    internals.patients.erase(pos);
+    instance->has_patients = false;
+    for (PyObject *&patient : patients)
+        Py_CLEAR(patient);
+}
+
+/// Clears all internal data from the instance and removes it from registered instances in
+/// preparation for deallocation.
+inline void clear_instance(PyObject *self) {
+    auto instance = reinterpret_cast<detail::instance *>(self);
+
+    // Deallocate any values/holders, if present:
+    for (auto &v_h : values_and_holders(instance)) {
+        if (v_h) {
+
+            // We have to deregister before we call dealloc because, for virtual MI types, we still
+            // need to be able to get the parent pointers.
+            if (v_h.instance_registered() && !deregister_instance(instance, v_h.value_ptr(), v_h.type))
+                pybind11_fail("pybind11_object_dealloc(): Tried to deallocate unregistered instance!");
+
+            if (instance->owned || v_h.holder_constructed())
+                v_h.type->dealloc(v_h);
+        }
+    }
+    // Deallocate the value/holder layout internals:
+    instance->deallocate_layout();
+
+    if (instance->weakrefs)
+        PyObject_ClearWeakRefs(self);
+
+    PyObject **dict_ptr = _PyObject_GetDictPtr(self);
+    if (dict_ptr)
+        Py_CLEAR(*dict_ptr);
+
+    if (instance->has_patients)
+        clear_patients(self);
+}
+
+/// Instance destructor function for all pybind11 types. It calls `type_info.dealloc`
+/// to destroy the C++ object itself, while the rest is Python bookkeeping.
+extern "C" inline void pybind11_object_dealloc(PyObject *self) {
+    clear_instance(self);
+    Py_TYPE(self)->tp_free(self);
+}
+
+/** Create the type which can be used as a common base for all classes.  This is
+    needed in order to satisfy Python's requirements for multiple inheritance.
+    Return value: New reference. */
+inline PyObject *make_object_base_type(PyTypeObject *metaclass) {
+    constexpr auto *name = "pybind11_object";
+    auto name_obj = reinterpret_steal<object>(PYBIND11_FROM_STRING(name));
+
+    /* Danger zone: from now (and until PyType_Ready), make sure to
+       issue no Python C API calls which could potentially invoke the
+       garbage collector (the GC will call type_traverse(), which will in
+       turn find the newly constructed type in an invalid state) */
+    auto heap_type = (PyHeapTypeObject *) metaclass->tp_alloc(metaclass, 0);
+    if (!heap_type)
+        pybind11_fail("make_object_base_type(): error allocating type!");
+
+    heap_type->ht_name = name_obj.inc_ref().ptr();
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3 && PY_MINOR_VERSION >= 3
+    heap_type->ht_qualname = name_obj.inc_ref().ptr();
+#endif
+
+    auto type = &heap_type->ht_type;
+    type->tp_name = name;
+    type->tp_base = type_incref(&PyBaseObject_Type);
+    type->tp_basicsize = static_cast<ssize_t>(sizeof(instance));
+    type->tp_flags = Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT | Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE | Py_TPFLAGS_HEAPTYPE;
+
+    type->tp_new = pybind11_object_new;
+    type->tp_init = pybind11_object_init;
+    type->tp_dealloc = pybind11_object_dealloc;
+
+    /* Support weak references (needed for the keep_alive feature) */
+    type->tp_weaklistoffset = offsetof(instance, weakrefs);
+
+    if (PyType_Ready(type) < 0)
+        pybind11_fail("PyType_Ready failed in make_object_base_type():" + error_string());
+
+    setattr((PyObject *) type, "__module__", str("pybind11_builtins"));
+
+    assert(!PyType_HasFeature(type, Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_GC));
+    return (PyObject *) heap_type;
+}
+
+/// dynamic_attr: Support for `d = instance.__dict__`.
+extern "C" inline PyObject *pybind11_get_dict(PyObject *self, void *) {
+    PyObject *&dict = *_PyObject_GetDictPtr(self);
+    if (!dict)
+        dict = PyDict_New();
+    Py_XINCREF(dict);
+    return dict;
+}
+
+/// dynamic_attr: Support for `instance.__dict__ = dict()`.
+extern "C" inline int pybind11_set_dict(PyObject *self, PyObject *new_dict, void *) {
+    if (!PyDict_Check(new_dict)) {
+        PyErr_Format(PyExc_TypeError, "__dict__ must be set to a dictionary, not a '%.200s'",
+                     Py_TYPE(new_dict)->tp_name);
+        return -1;
+    }
+    PyObject *&dict = *_PyObject_GetDictPtr(self);
+    Py_INCREF(new_dict);
+    Py_CLEAR(dict);
+    dict = new_dict;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/// dynamic_attr: Allow the garbage collector to traverse the internal instance `__dict__`.
+extern "C" inline int pybind11_traverse(PyObject *self, visitproc visit, void *arg) {
+    PyObject *&dict = *_PyObject_GetDictPtr(self);
+    Py_VISIT(dict);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/// dynamic_attr: Allow the GC to clear the dictionary.
+extern "C" inline int pybind11_clear(PyObject *self) {
+    PyObject *&dict = *_PyObject_GetDictPtr(self);
+    Py_CLEAR(dict);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/// Give instances of this type a `__dict__` and opt into garbage collection.
+inline void enable_dynamic_attributes(PyHeapTypeObject *heap_type) {
+    auto type = &heap_type->ht_type;
+#if defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+    pybind11_fail(std::string(type->tp_name) + ": dynamic attributes are "
+                                               "currently not supported in "
+                                               "conjunction with PyPy!");
+#endif
+    type->tp_flags |= Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_GC;
+    type->tp_dictoffset = type->tp_basicsize; // place dict at the end
+    type->tp_basicsize += (ssize_t)sizeof(PyObject *); // and allocate enough space for it
+    type->tp_traverse = pybind11_traverse;
+    type->tp_clear = pybind11_clear;
+
+    static PyGetSetDef getset[] = {
+        {const_cast<char*>("__dict__"), pybind11_get_dict, pybind11_set_dict, nullptr, nullptr},
+        {nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr}
+    };
+    type->tp_getset = getset;
+}
+
+/// buffer_protocol: Fill in the view as specified by flags.
+extern "C" inline int pybind11_getbuffer(PyObject *obj, Py_buffer *view, int flags) {
+    // Look for a `get_buffer` implementation in this type's info or any bases (following MRO).
+    type_info *tinfo = nullptr;
+    for (auto type : reinterpret_borrow<tuple>(Py_TYPE(obj)->tp_mro)) {
+        tinfo = get_type_info((PyTypeObject *) type.ptr());
+        if (tinfo && tinfo->get_buffer)
+            break;
+    }
+    if (view == nullptr || obj == nullptr || !tinfo || !tinfo->get_buffer) {
+        if (view)
+            view->obj = nullptr;
+        PyErr_SetString(PyExc_BufferError, "pybind11_getbuffer(): Internal error");
+        return -1;
+    }
+    std::memset(view, 0, sizeof(Py_buffer));
+    buffer_info *info = tinfo->get_buffer(obj, tinfo->get_buffer_data);
+    view->obj = obj;
+    view->ndim = 1;
+    view->internal = info;
+    view->buf = info->ptr;
+    view->itemsize = info->itemsize;
+    view->len = view->itemsize;
+    for (auto s : info->shape)
+        view->len *= s;
+    if ((flags & PyBUF_FORMAT) == PyBUF_FORMAT)
+        view->format = const_cast<char *>(info->format.c_str());
+    if ((flags & PyBUF_STRIDES) == PyBUF_STRIDES) {
+        view->ndim = (int) info->ndim;
+        view->strides = &info->strides[0];
+        view->shape = &info->shape[0];
+    }
+    Py_INCREF(view->obj);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/// buffer_protocol: Release the resources of the buffer.
+extern "C" inline void pybind11_releasebuffer(PyObject *, Py_buffer *view) {
+    delete (buffer_info *) view->internal;
+}
+
+/// Give this type a buffer interface.
+inline void enable_buffer_protocol(PyHeapTypeObject *heap_type) {
+    heap_type->ht_type.tp_as_buffer = &heap_type->as_buffer;
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION < 3
+    heap_type->ht_type.tp_flags |= Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_NEWBUFFER;
+#endif
+
+    heap_type->as_buffer.bf_getbuffer = pybind11_getbuffer;
+    heap_type->as_buffer.bf_releasebuffer = pybind11_releasebuffer;
+}
+
+/** Create a brand new Python type according to the `type_record` specification.
+    Return value: New reference. */
+inline PyObject* make_new_python_type(const type_record &rec) {
+    auto name = reinterpret_steal<object>(PYBIND11_FROM_STRING(rec.name));
+
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3 && PY_MINOR_VERSION >= 3
+    auto ht_qualname = name;
+    if (rec.scope && hasattr(rec.scope, "__qualname__")) {
+        ht_qualname = reinterpret_steal<object>(
+            PyUnicode_FromFormat("%U.%U", rec.scope.attr("__qualname__").ptr(), name.ptr()));
+    }
+#endif
+
+    object module;
+    if (rec.scope) {
+        if (hasattr(rec.scope, "__module__"))
+            module = rec.scope.attr("__module__");
+        else if (hasattr(rec.scope, "__name__"))
+            module = rec.scope.attr("__name__");
+    }
+
+#if !defined(PYPY_VERSION)
+    const auto full_name = module ? str(module).cast<std::string>() + "." + rec.name
+                                  : std::string(rec.name);
+#else
+    const auto full_name = std::string(rec.name);
+#endif
+
+    char *tp_doc = nullptr;
+    if (rec.doc && options::show_user_defined_docstrings()) {
+        /* Allocate memory for docstring (using PyObject_MALLOC, since
+           Python will free this later on) */
+        size_t size = strlen(rec.doc) + 1;
+        tp_doc = (char *) PyObject_MALLOC(size);
+        memcpy((void *) tp_doc, rec.doc, size);
+    }
+
+    auto &internals = get_internals();
+    auto bases = tuple(rec.bases);
+    auto base = (bases.size() == 0) ? internals.instance_base
+                                    : bases[0].ptr();
+
+    /* Danger zone: from now (and until PyType_Ready), make sure to
+       issue no Python C API calls which could potentially invoke the
+       garbage collector (the GC will call type_traverse(), which will in
+       turn find the newly constructed type in an invalid state) */
+    auto metaclass = rec.metaclass.ptr() ? (PyTypeObject *) rec.metaclass.ptr()
+                                         : internals.default_metaclass;
+
+    auto heap_type = (PyHeapTypeObject *) metaclass->tp_alloc(metaclass, 0);
+    if (!heap_type)
+        pybind11_fail(std::string(rec.name) + ": Unable to create type object!");
+
+    heap_type->ht_name = name.release().ptr();
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3 && PY_MINOR_VERSION >= 3
+    heap_type->ht_qualname = ht_qualname.release().ptr();
+#endif
+
+    auto type = &heap_type->ht_type;
+    type->tp_name = strdup(full_name.c_str());
+    type->tp_doc = tp_doc;
+    type->tp_base = type_incref((PyTypeObject *)base);
+    type->tp_basicsize = static_cast<ssize_t>(sizeof(instance));
+    if (bases.size() > 0)
+        type->tp_bases = bases.release().ptr();
+
+    /* Don't inherit base __init__ */
+    type->tp_init = pybind11_object_init;
+
+    /* Supported protocols */
+    type->tp_as_number = &heap_type->as_number;
+    type->tp_as_sequence = &heap_type->as_sequence;
+    type->tp_as_mapping = &heap_type->as_mapping;
+
+    /* Flags */
+    type->tp_flags |= Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT | Py_TPFLAGS_BASETYPE | Py_TPFLAGS_HEAPTYPE;
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION < 3
+    type->tp_flags |= Py_TPFLAGS_CHECKTYPES;
+#endif
+
+    if (rec.dynamic_attr)
+        enable_dynamic_attributes(heap_type);
+
+    if (rec.buffer_protocol)
+        enable_buffer_protocol(heap_type);
+
+    if (PyType_Ready(type) < 0)
+        pybind11_fail(std::string(rec.name) + ": PyType_Ready failed (" + error_string() + ")!");
+
+    assert(rec.dynamic_attr ? PyType_HasFeature(type, Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_GC)
+                            : !PyType_HasFeature(type, Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_GC));
+
+    /* Register type with the parent scope */
+    if (rec.scope)
+        setattr(rec.scope, rec.name, (PyObject *) type);
+
+    if (module) // Needed by pydoc
+        setattr((PyObject *) type, "__module__", module);
+
+    return (PyObject *) type;
+}
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+NAMESPACE_END(pybind11)

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/pybind11/common.h

+/*
+    pybind11/common.h -- Basic macros
+
+    Copyright (c) 2016 Wenzel Jakob <wenzel.jakob@epfl.ch>
+
+    All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a
+    BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+*/
+
+#pragma once
+
+#if !defined(NAMESPACE_BEGIN)
+#  define NAMESPACE_BEGIN(name) namespace name {
+#endif
+#if !defined(NAMESPACE_END)
+#  define NAMESPACE_END(name) }
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+#  if __cplusplus >= 201402L
+#    define PYBIND11_CPP14
+#    if __cplusplus > 201402L /* Temporary: should be updated to >= the final C++17 value once known */
+#      define PYBIND11_CPP17
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+// MSVC sets _MSVC_LANG rather than __cplusplus (supposedly until the standard is fully implemented)
+#  if _MSVC_LANG >= 201402L
+#    define PYBIND11_CPP14
+#    if _MSVC_LANG > 201402L && _MSC_VER >= 1910
+#      define PYBIND11_CPP17
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+// Compiler version assertions
+#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+#  if __INTEL_COMPILER < 1500
+#    error pybind11 requires Intel C++ compiler v15 or newer
+#  endif
+#elif defined(__clang__) && !defined(__apple_build_version__)
+#  if __clang_major__ < 3 || (__clang_major__ == 3 && __clang_minor__ < 3)
+#    error pybind11 requires clang 3.3 or newer
+#  endif
+#elif defined(__clang__)
+// Apple changes clang version macros to its Xcode version; the first Xcode release based on
+// (upstream) clang 3.3 was Xcode 5:
+#  if __clang_major__ < 5
+#    error pybind11 requires Xcode/clang 5.0 or newer
+#  endif
+#elif defined(__GNUG__)
+#  if __GNUC__ < 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8)
+#    error pybind11 requires gcc 4.8 or newer
+#  endif
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+// Pybind hits various compiler bugs in 2015u2 and earlier, and also makes use of some stl features
+// (e.g. std::negation) added in 2015u3:
+#  if _MSC_FULL_VER < 190024210
+#    error pybind11 requires MSVC 2015 update 3 or newer
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(PYBIND11_EXPORT)
+#  if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
+#    define PYBIND11_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+#  else
+#    define PYBIND11_EXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#  define PYBIND11_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+#  define PYBIND11_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PYBIND11_CPP14)
+#  define PYBIND11_DEPRECATED(reason) [[deprecated(reason)]]
+#else
+#  define PYBIND11_DEPRECATED(reason) __attribute__((deprecated(reason)))
+#endif
+
+#define PYBIND11_VERSION_MAJOR 2
+#define PYBIND11_VERSION_MINOR 2
+#define PYBIND11_VERSION_PATCH dev0
+
+/// Include Python header, disable linking to pythonX_d.lib on Windows in debug mode
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#  if (PY_MAJOR_VERSION == 3 && PY_MINOR_VERSION < 4)
+#    define HAVE_ROUND 1
+#  endif
+#  pragma warning(push)
+#  pragma warning(disable: 4510 4610 4512 4005)
+#  if defined(_DEBUG)
+#    define PYBIND11_DEBUG_MARKER
+#    undef _DEBUG
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#include <Python.h>
+#include <frameobject.h>
+#include <pythread.h>
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && (defined(min) || defined(max))
+#  error Macro clash with min and max -- define NOMINMAX when compiling your program on Windows
+#endif
+
+#if defined(isalnum)
+#  undef isalnum
+#  undef isalpha
+#  undef islower
+#  undef isspace
+#  undef isupper
+#  undef tolower
+#  undef toupper
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#  if defined(PYBIND11_DEBUG_MARKER)
+#    define _DEBUG
+#    undef PYBIND11_DEBUG_MARKER
+#  endif
+#  pragma warning(pop)
+#endif
+
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <cstring>
+#include <forward_list>
+#include <vector>
+#include <string>
+#include <stdexcept>
+#include <unordered_set>
+#include <unordered_map>
+#include <memory>
+#include <typeindex>
+#include <type_traits>
+
+#if PY_MAJOR_VERSION >= 3 /// Compatibility macros for various Python versions
+#define PYBIND11_INSTANCE_METHOD_NEW(ptr, class_) PyInstanceMethod_New(ptr)
+#define PYBIND11_INSTANCE_METHOD_CHECK PyInstanceMethod_Check
+#define PYBIND11_INSTANCE_METHOD_GET_FUNCTION PyInstanceMethod_GET_FUNCTION
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_CHECK PyBytes_Check
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_FROM_STRING PyBytes_FromString
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_FROM_STRING_AND_SIZE PyBytes_FromStringAndSize
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_AS_STRING_AND_SIZE PyBytes_AsStringAndSize
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_AS_STRING PyBytes_AsString
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_SIZE PyBytes_Size
+#define PYBIND11_LONG_CHECK(o) PyLong_Check(o)
+#define PYBIND11_LONG_AS_LONGLONG(o) PyLong_AsLongLong(o)
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_NAME "bytes"
+#define PYBIND11_STRING_NAME "str"
+#define PYBIND11_SLICE_OBJECT PyObject
+#define PYBIND11_FROM_STRING PyUnicode_FromString
+#define PYBIND11_STR_TYPE ::pybind11::str
+#define PYBIND11_BOOL_ATTR "__bool__"
+#define PYBIND11_NB_BOOL(ptr) ((ptr)->nb_bool)
+#define PYBIND11_PLUGIN_IMPL(name) \
+    extern "C" PYBIND11_EXPORT PyObject *PyInit_##name()
+
+#else
+#define PYBIND11_INSTANCE_METHOD_NEW(ptr, class_) PyMethod_New(ptr, nullptr, class_)
+#define PYBIND11_INSTANCE_METHOD_CHECK PyMethod_Check
+#define PYBIND11_INSTANCE_METHOD_GET_FUNCTION PyMethod_GET_FUNCTION
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_CHECK PyString_Check
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_FROM_STRING PyString_FromString
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_FROM_STRING_AND_SIZE PyString_FromStringAndSize
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_AS_STRING_AND_SIZE PyString_AsStringAndSize
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_AS_STRING PyString_AsString
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_SIZE PyString_Size
+#define PYBIND11_LONG_CHECK(o) (PyInt_Check(o) || PyLong_Check(o))
+#define PYBIND11_LONG_AS_LONGLONG(o) (PyInt_Check(o) ? (long long) PyLong_AsLong(o) : PyLong_AsLongLong(o))
+#define PYBIND11_BYTES_NAME "str"
+#define PYBIND11_STRING_NAME "unicode"
+#define PYBIND11_SLICE_OBJECT PySliceObject
+#define PYBIND11_FROM_STRING PyString_FromString
+#define PYBIND11_STR_TYPE ::pybind11::bytes
+#define PYBIND11_BOOL_ATTR "__nonzero__"
+#define PYBIND11_NB_BOOL(ptr) ((ptr)->nb_nonzero)
+#define PYBIND11_PLUGIN_IMPL(name) \
+    static PyObject *pybind11_init_wrapper();               \
+    extern "C" PYBIND11_EXPORT void init##name() {          \
+        (void)pybind11_init_wrapper();                      \
+    }                                                       \
+    PyObject *pybind11_init_wrapper()
+#endif
+
+#if PY_VERSION_HEX >= 0x03050000 && PY_VERSION_HEX < 0x03050200
+extern "C" {
+    struct _Py_atomic_address { void *value; };
+    PyAPI_DATA(_Py_atomic_address) _PyThreadState_Current;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define PYBIND11_TRY_NEXT_OVERLOAD ((PyObject *) 1) // special failure return code
+#define PYBIND11_STRINGIFY(x) #x
+#define PYBIND11_TOSTRING(x) PYBIND11_STRINGIFY(x)
+#define PYBIND11_INTERNALS_ID "__pybind11_" \
+    PYBIND11_TOSTRING(PYBIND11_VERSION_MAJOR) "_" PYBIND11_TOSTRING(PYBIND11_VERSION_MINOR) "__"
+
+/** \rst
+    ***Deprecated in favor of PYBIND11_MODULE***
+
+    This macro creates the entry point that will be invoked when the Python interpreter
+    imports a plugin library. Please create a `module` in the function body and return
+    the pointer to its underlying Python object at the end.
+
+    .. code-block:: cpp
+
+        PYBIND11_PLUGIN(example) {
+            pybind11::module m("example", "pybind11 example plugin");
+            /// Set up bindings here
+            return m.ptr();
+        }
+\endrst */
+#define PYBIND11_PLUGIN(name)                                                  \
+    PYBIND11_DEPRECATED("PYBIND11_PLUGIN is deprecated, use PYBIND11_MODULE")  \
+    static PyObject *pybind11_init();                                          \
+    PYBIND11_PLUGIN_IMPL(name) {                                               \
+        int major, minor;                                                      \
+        if (sscanf(Py_GetVersion(), "%i.%i", &major, &minor) != 2) {           \
+            PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ImportError, "Can't parse Python version."); \
+            return nullptr;                                                    \
+        } else if (major != PY_MAJOR_VERSION || minor != PY_MINOR_VERSION) {   \
+            PyErr_Format(PyExc_ImportError,                                    \
+                         "Python version mismatch: module was compiled for "   \
+                         "version %i.%i, while the interpreter is running "    \
+                         "version %i.%i.", PY_MAJOR_VERSION, PY_MINOR_VERSION, \
+                         major, minor);                                        \
+            return nullptr;                                                    \
+        }                                                                      \
+        try {                                                                  \
+            return pybind11_init();                                            \
+        } catch (pybind11::error_already_set &e) {                             \
+            PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ImportError, e.what());                      \
+            return nullptr;                                                    \
+        } catch (const std::exception &e) {                                    \
+            PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ImportError, e.what());                      \
+            return nullptr;                                                    \
+        }                                                                      \
+    }                                                                          \
+    PyObject *pybind11_init()
+
+/** \rst
+    This macro creates the entry point that will be invoked when the Python interpreter
+    imports an extension module. The module name is given as the fist argument and it
+    should not be in quotes. The second macro argument defines a variable of type
+    `py::module` which can be used to initialize the module.
+
+    .. code-block:: cpp
+
+        PYBIND11_MODULE(example, m) {
+            m.doc() = "pybind11 example module";
+
+            // Add bindings here
+            m.def("foo", []() {
+                return "Hello, World!";
+            });
+        }
+\endrst */
+#define PYBIND11_MODULE(name, variable)                                        \
+    static void pybind11_init_##name(pybind11::module &);                      \
+    PYBIND11_PLUGIN_IMPL(name) {                                               \
+        int major, minor;                                                      \
+        if (sscanf(Py_GetVersion(), "%i.%i", &major, &minor) != 2) {           \
+            PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ImportError, "Can't parse Python version."); \
+            return nullptr;                                                    \
+        } else if (major != PY_MAJOR_VERSION || minor != PY_MINOR_VERSION) {   \
+            PyErr_Format(PyExc_ImportError,                                    \
+                         "Python version mismatch: module was compiled for "   \
+                         "version %i.%i, while the interpreter is running "    \
+                         "version %i.%i.", PY_MAJOR_VERSION, PY_MINOR_VERSION, \
+                         major, minor);                                        \
+            return nullptr;                                                    \
+        }                                                                      \
+        auto m = pybind11::module(#name);                                      \
+        try {                                                                  \
+            pybind11_init_##name(m);                                           \
+            return m.ptr();                                                    \
+        } catch (pybind11::error_already_set &e) {                             \
+            PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ImportError, e.what());                      \
+            return nullptr;                                                    \
+        } catch (const std::exception &e) {                                    \
+            PyErr_SetString(PyExc_ImportError, e.what());                      \
+            return nullptr;                                                    \
+        }                                                                      \
+    }                                                                          \
+    void pybind11_init_##name(pybind11::module &variable)
+
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(pybind11)
+
+using ssize_t = Py_ssize_t;
+using size_t  = std::size_t;
+
+/// Approach used to cast a previously unknown C++ instance into a Python object
+enum class return_value_policy : uint8_t {
+    /** This is the default return value policy, which falls back to the policy
+        return_value_policy::take_ownership when the return value is a pointer.
+        Otherwise, it uses return_value::move or return_value::copy for rvalue
+        and lvalue references, respectively. See below for a description of what
+        all of these different policies do. */
+    automatic = 0,
+
+    /** As above, but use policy return_value_policy::reference when the return
+        value is a pointer. This is the default conversion policy for function
+        arguments when calling Python functions manually from C++ code (i.e. via
+        handle::operator()). You probably won't need to use this. */
+    automatic_reference,
+
+    /** Reference an existing object (i.e. do not create a new copy) and take
+        ownership. Python will call the destructor and delete operator when the
+        object’s reference count reaches zero. Undefined behavior ensues when
+        the C++ side does the same.. */
+    take_ownership,
+
+    /** Create a new copy of the returned object, which will be owned by
+        Python. This policy is comparably safe because the lifetimes of the two
+        instances are decoupled. */
+    copy,
+
+    /** Use std::move to move the return value contents into a new instance
+        that will be owned by Python. This policy is comparably safe because the
+        lifetimes of the two instances (move source and destination) are
+        decoupled. */
+    move,
+
+    /** Reference an existing object, but do not take ownership. The C++ side
+        is responsible for managing the object’s lifetime and deallocating it
+        when it is no longer used. Warning: undefined behavior will ensue when
+        the C++ side deletes an object that is still referenced and used by
+        Python. */
+    reference,
+
+    /** This policy only applies to methods and properties. It references the
+        object without taking ownership similar to the above
+        return_value_policy::reference policy. In contrast to that policy, the
+        function or property’s implicit this argument (called the parent) is
+        considered to be the the owner of the return value (the child).
+        pybind11 then couples the lifetime of the parent to the child via a
+        reference relationship that ensures that the parent cannot be garbage
+        collected while Python is still using the child. More advanced
+        variations of this scheme are also possible using combinations of
+        return_value_policy::reference and the keep_alive call policy */
+    reference_internal
+};
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+
+inline static constexpr int log2(size_t n, int k = 0) { return (n <= 1) ? k : log2(n >> 1, k + 1); }
+
+// Returns the size as a multiple of sizeof(void *), rounded up.
+inline static constexpr size_t size_in_ptrs(size_t s) { return 1 + ((s - 1) >> log2(sizeof(void *))); }
+
+/**
+ * The space to allocate for simple layout instance holders (see below) in multiple of the size of
+ * a pointer (e.g.  2 means 16 bytes on 64-bit architectures).  The default is the minimum required
+ * to holder either a std::unique_ptr or std::shared_ptr (which is almost always
+ * sizeof(std::shared_ptr<T>)).
+ */
+constexpr size_t instance_simple_holder_in_ptrs() {
+    static_assert(sizeof(std::shared_ptr<int>) >= sizeof(std::unique_ptr<int>),
+            "pybind assumes std::shared_ptrs are at least as big as std::unique_ptrs");
+    return size_in_ptrs(sizeof(std::shared_ptr<int>));
+}
+
+// Forward declarations
+struct type_info;
+struct value_and_holder;
+
+/// The 'instance' type which needs to be standard layout (need to be able to use 'offsetof')
+struct instance {
+    PyObject_HEAD
+    /// Storage for pointers and holder; see simple_layout, below, for a description
+    union {
+        void *simple_value_holder[1 + instance_simple_holder_in_ptrs()];
+        struct {
+            void **values_and_holders;
+            uint8_t *status;
+        } nonsimple;
+    };
+    /// Weak references (needed for keep alive):
+    PyObject *weakrefs;
+    /// If true, the pointer is owned which means we're free to manage it with a holder.
+    bool owned : 1;
+    /**
+     * An instance has two possible value/holder layouts.
+     *
+     * Simple layout (when this flag is true), means the `simple_value_holder` is set with a pointer
+     * and the holder object governing that pointer, i.e. [val1*][holder].  This layout is applied
+     * whenever there is no python-side multiple inheritance of bound C++ types *and* the type's
+     * holder will fit in the default space (which is large enough to hold either a std::unique_ptr
+     * or std::shared_ptr).
+     *
+     * Non-simple layout applies when using custom holders that require more space than `shared_ptr`
+     * (which is typically the size of two pointers), or when multiple inheritance is used on the
+     * python side.  Non-simple layout allocates the required amount of memory to have multiple
+     * bound C++ classes as parents.  Under this layout, `nonsimple.values_and_holders` is set to a
+     * pointer to allocated space of the required space to hold a a sequence of value pointers and
+     * holders followed `status`, a set of bit flags (1 byte each), i.e.
+     * [val1*][holder1][val2*][holder2]...[bb...]  where each [block] is rounded up to a multiple of
+     * `sizeof(void *)`.  `nonsimple.holder_constructed` is, for convenience, a pointer to the
+     * beginning of the [bb...] block (but not independently allocated).
+     *
+     * Status bits indicate whether the associated holder is constructed (&
+     * status_holder_constructed) and whether the value pointer is registered (&
+     * status_instance_registered) in `registered_instances`.
+     */
+    bool simple_layout : 1;
+    /// For simple layout, tracks whether the holder has been constructed
+    bool simple_holder_constructed : 1;
+    /// For simple layout, tracks whether the instance is registered in `registered_instances`
+    bool simple_instance_registered : 1;
+    /// If true, get_internals().patients has an entry for this object
+    bool has_patients : 1;
+
+    /// Initializes all of the above type/values/holders data
+    void allocate_layout();
+
+    /// Destroys/deallocates all of the above
+    void deallocate_layout();
+
+    /// Returns the value_and_holder wrapper for the given type (or the first, if `find_type`
+    /// omitted)
+    value_and_holder get_value_and_holder(const type_info *find_type = nullptr);
+
+    /// Bit values for the non-simple status flags
+    static constexpr uint8_t status_holder_constructed  = 1;
+    static constexpr uint8_t status_instance_registered = 2;
+};
+
+static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<instance>::value, "Internal error: `pybind11::detail::instance` is not standard layout!");
+
+struct overload_hash {
+    inline size_t operator()(const std::pair<const PyObject *, const char *>& v) const {
+        size_t value = std::hash<const void *>()(v.first);
+        value ^= std::hash<const void *>()(v.second)  + 0x9e3779b9 + (value<<6) + (value>>2);
+        return value;
+    }
+};
+
+// Python loads modules by default with dlopen with the RTLD_LOCAL flag; under libc++ and possibly
+// other stls, this means `typeid(A)` from one module won't equal `typeid(A)` from another module
+// even when `A` is the same, non-hidden-visibility type (e.g. from a common include).  Under
+// stdlibc++, this doesn't happen: equality and the type_index hash are based on the type name,
+// which works.  If not under a known-good stl, provide our own name-based hasher and equality
+// functions that use the type name.
+#if defined(__GLIBCXX__)
+inline bool same_type(const std::type_info &lhs, const std::type_info &rhs) { return lhs == rhs; }
+using type_hash = std::hash<std::type_index>;
+using type_equal_to = std::equal_to<std::type_index>;
+#else
+inline bool same_type(const std::type_info &lhs, const std::type_info &rhs) {
+    return lhs.name() == rhs.name() ||
+        std::strcmp(lhs.name(), rhs.name()) == 0;
+}
+struct type_hash {
+    size_t operator()(const std::type_index &t) const {
+        size_t hash = 5381;
+        const char *ptr = t.name();
+        while (auto c = static_cast<unsigned char>(*ptr++))
+            hash = (hash * 33) ^ c;
+        return hash;
+    }
+};
+struct type_equal_to {
+    bool operator()(const std::type_index &lhs, const std::type_index &rhs) const {
+        return lhs.name() == rhs.name() ||
+            std::strcmp(lhs.name(), rhs.name()) == 0;
+    }
+};
+#endif
+
+template <typename value_type>
+using type_map = std::unordered_map<std::type_index, value_type, type_hash, type_equal_to>;
+
+/// Internal data structure used to track registered instances and types
+struct internals {
+    type_map<void *> registered_types_cpp; // std::type_index -> type_info
+    std::unordered_map<PyTypeObject *, std::vector<type_info *>> registered_types_py; // PyTypeObject* -> base type_info(s)
+    std::unordered_multimap<const void *, instance*> registered_instances; // void * -> instance*
+    std::unordered_set<std::pair<const PyObject *, const char *>, overload_hash> inactive_overload_cache;
+    type_map<std::vector<bool (*)(PyObject *, void *&)>> direct_conversions;
+    std::unordered_map<const PyObject *, std::vector<PyObject *>> patients;
+    std::forward_list<void (*) (std::exception_ptr)> registered_exception_translators;
+    std::unordered_map<std::string, void *> shared_data; // Custom data to be shared across extensions
+    std::vector<PyObject *> loader_patient_stack; // Used by `loader_life_support`
+    PyTypeObject *static_property_type;
+    PyTypeObject *default_metaclass;
+    PyObject *instance_base;
+#if defined(WITH_THREAD)
+    decltype(PyThread_create_key()) tstate = 0; // Usually an int but a long on Cygwin64 with Python 3.x
+    PyInterpreterState *istate = nullptr;
+#endif
+};
+
+/// Return a reference to the current 'internals' information
+inline internals &get_internals();
+
+/// from __cpp_future__ import (convenient aliases from C++14/17)
+#if defined(PYBIND11_CPP14) && (!defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER >= 1910)
+using std::enable_if_t;
+using std::conditional_t;
+using std::remove_cv_t;
+using std::remove_reference_t;
+#else
+template <bool B, typename T = void> using enable_if_t = typename std::enable_if<B, T>::type;
+template <bool B, typename T, typename F> using conditional_t = typename std::conditional<B, T, F>::type;
+template <typename T> using remove_cv_t = typename std::remove_cv<T>::type;
+template <typename T> using remove_reference_t = typename std::remove_reference<T>::type;
+#endif
+
+/// Index sequences
+#if defined(PYBIND11_CPP14)
+using std::index_sequence;
+using std::make_index_sequence;
+#else
+template<size_t ...> struct index_sequence  { };
+template<size_t N, size_t ...S> struct make_index_sequence_impl : make_index_sequence_impl <N - 1, N - 1, S...> { };
+template<size_t ...S> struct make_index_sequence_impl <0, S...> { typedef index_sequence<S...> type; };
+template<size_t N> using make_index_sequence = typename make_index_sequence_impl<N>::type;
+#endif
+
+/// Make an index sequence of the indices of true arguments
+template <typename ISeq, size_t, bool...> struct select_indices_impl { using type = ISeq; };
+template <size_t... IPrev, size_t I, bool B, bool... Bs> struct select_indices_impl<index_sequence<IPrev...>, I, B, Bs...>
+    : select_indices_impl<conditional_t<B, index_sequence<IPrev..., I>, index_sequence<IPrev...>>, I + 1, Bs...> {};
+template <bool... Bs> using select_indices = typename select_indices_impl<index_sequence<>, 0, Bs...>::type;
+
+/// Backports of std::bool_constant and std::negation to accomodate older compilers
+template <bool B> using bool_constant = std::integral_constant<bool, B>;
+template <typename T> struct negation : bool_constant<!T::value> { };
+
+template <typename...> struct void_t_impl { using type = void; };
+template <typename... Ts> using void_t = typename void_t_impl<Ts...>::type;
+
+/// Compile-time all/any/none of that check the boolean value of all template types
+#ifdef __cpp_fold_expressions
+template <class... Ts> using all_of = bool_constant<(Ts::value && ...)>;
+template <class... Ts> using any_of = bool_constant<(Ts::value || ...)>;
+#elif !defined(_MSC_VER)
+template <bool...> struct bools {};
+template <class... Ts> using all_of = std::is_same<
+    bools<Ts::value..., true>,
+    bools<true, Ts::value...>>;
+template <class... Ts> using any_of = negation<all_of<negation<Ts>...>>;
+#else
+// MSVC has trouble with the above, but supports std::conjunction, which we can use instead (albeit
+// at a slight loss of compilation efficiency).
+template <class... Ts> using all_of = std::conjunction<Ts...>;
+template <class... Ts> using any_of = std::disjunction<Ts...>;
+#endif
+template <class... Ts> using none_of = negation<any_of<Ts...>>;
+
+template <class T, template<class> class... Predicates> using satisfies_all_of = all_of<Predicates<T>...>;
+template <class T, template<class> class... Predicates> using satisfies_any_of = any_of<Predicates<T>...>;
+template <class T, template<class> class... Predicates> using satisfies_none_of = none_of<Predicates<T>...>;
+
+/// Strip the class from a method type
+template <typename T> struct remove_class { };
+template <typename C, typename R, typename... A> struct remove_class<R (C::*)(A...)> { typedef R type(A...); };
+template <typename C, typename R, typename... A> struct remove_class<R (C::*)(A...) const> { typedef R type(A...); };
+
+/// Helper template to strip away type modifiers
+template <typename T> struct intrinsic_type                       { typedef T type; };
+template <typename T> struct intrinsic_type<const T>              { typedef typename intrinsic_type<T>::type type; };
+template <typename T> struct intrinsic_type<T*>                   { typedef typename intrinsic_type<T>::type type; };
+template <typename T> struct intrinsic_type<T&>                   { typedef typename intrinsic_type<T>::type type; };
+template <typename T> struct intrinsic_type<T&&>                  { typedef typename intrinsic_type<T>::type type; };
+template <typename T, size_t N> struct intrinsic_type<const T[N]> { typedef typename intrinsic_type<T>::type type; };
+template <typename T, size_t N> struct intrinsic_type<T[N]>       { typedef typename intrinsic_type<T>::type type; };
+template <typename T> using intrinsic_t = typename intrinsic_type<T>::type;
+
+/// Helper type to replace 'void' in some expressions
+struct void_type { };
+
+/// Helper template which holds a list of types
+template <typename...> struct type_list { };
+
+/// Compile-time integer sum
+#ifdef __cpp_fold_expressions
+template <typename... Ts> constexpr size_t constexpr_sum(Ts... ns) { return (0 + ... + size_t{ns}); }
+#else
+constexpr size_t constexpr_sum() { return 0; }
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+constexpr size_t constexpr_sum(T n, Ts... ns) { return size_t{n} + constexpr_sum(ns...); }
+#endif
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(constexpr_impl)
+/// Implementation details for constexpr functions
+constexpr int first(int i) { return i; }
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+constexpr int first(int i, T v, Ts... vs) { return v ? i : first(i + 1, vs...); }
+
+constexpr int last(int /*i*/, int result) { return result; }
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+constexpr int last(int i, int result, T v, Ts... vs) { return last(i + 1, v ? i : result, vs...); }
+NAMESPACE_END(constexpr_impl)
+
+/// Return the index of the first type in Ts which satisfies Predicate<T>.  Returns sizeof...(Ts) if
+/// none match.
+template <template<typename> class Predicate, typename... Ts>
+constexpr int constexpr_first() { return constexpr_impl::first(0, Predicate<Ts>::value...); }
+
+/// Return the index of the last type in Ts which satisfies Predicate<T>, or -1 if none match.
+template <template<typename> class Predicate, typename... Ts>
+constexpr int constexpr_last() { return constexpr_impl::last(0, -1, Predicate<Ts>::value...); }
+
+/// Return the Nth element from the parameter pack
+template <size_t N, typename T, typename... Ts>
+struct pack_element { using type = typename pack_element<N - 1, Ts...>::type; };
+template <typename T, typename... Ts>
+struct pack_element<0, T, Ts...> { using type = T; };
+
+/// Return the one and only type which matches the predicate, or Default if none match.
+/// If more than one type matches the predicate, fail at compile-time.
+template <template<typename> class Predicate, typename Default, typename... Ts>
+struct exactly_one {
+    static constexpr auto found = constexpr_sum(Predicate<Ts>::value...);
+    static_assert(found <= 1, "Found more than one type matching the predicate");
+
+    static constexpr auto index = found ? constexpr_first<Predicate, Ts...>() : 0;
+    using type = conditional_t<found, typename pack_element<index, Ts...>::type, Default>;
+};
+template <template<typename> class P, typename Default>
+struct exactly_one<P, Default> { using type = Default; };
+
+template <template<typename> class Predicate, typename Default, typename... Ts>
+using exactly_one_t = typename exactly_one<Predicate, Default, Ts...>::type;
+
+/// Defer the evaluation of type T until types Us are instantiated
+template <typename T, typename... /*Us*/> struct deferred_type { using type = T; };
+template <typename T, typename... Us> using deferred_t = typename deferred_type<T, Us...>::type;
+
+/// Like is_base_of, but requires a strict base (i.e. `is_strict_base_of<T, T>::value == false`,
+/// unlike `std::is_base_of`)
+template <typename Base, typename Derived> using is_strict_base_of = bool_constant<
+    std::is_base_of<Base, Derived>::value && !std::is_same<Base, Derived>::value>;
+
+template <template<typename...> class Base>
+struct is_template_base_of_impl {
+    template <typename... Us> static std::true_type check(Base<Us...> *);
+    static std::false_type check(...);
+};
+
+/// Check if a template is the base of a type. For example:
+/// `is_template_base_of<Base, T>` is true if `struct T : Base<U> {}` where U can be anything
+template <template<typename...> class Base, typename T>
+#if !defined(_MSC_VER)
+using is_template_base_of = decltype(is_template_base_of_impl<Base>::check((remove_cv_t<T>*)nullptr));
+#else // MSVC2015 has trouble with decltype in template aliases
+struct is_template_base_of : decltype(is_template_base_of_impl<Base>::check((remove_cv_t<T>*)nullptr)) { };
+#endif
+
+/// Check if T is an instantiation of the template `Class`. For example:
+/// `is_instantiation<shared_ptr, T>` is true if `T == shared_ptr<U>` where U can be anything.
+template <template<typename...> class Class, typename T>
+struct is_instantiation : std::false_type { };
+template <template<typename...> class Class, typename... Us>
+struct is_instantiation<Class, Class<Us...>> : std::true_type { };
+
+/// Check if T is std::shared_ptr<U> where U can be anything
+template <typename T> using is_shared_ptr = is_instantiation<std::shared_ptr, T>;
+
+/// Check if T looks like an input iterator
+template <typename T, typename = void> struct is_input_iterator : std::false_type {};
+template <typename T>
+struct is_input_iterator<T, void_t<decltype(*std::declval<T &>()), decltype(++std::declval<T &>())>>
+    : std::true_type {};
+
+/// Ignore that a variable is unused in compiler warnings
+inline void ignore_unused(const int *) { }
+
+/// Apply a function over each element of a parameter pack
+#ifdef __cpp_fold_expressions
+#define PYBIND11_EXPAND_SIDE_EFFECTS(PATTERN) (((PATTERN), void()), ...)
+#else
+using expand_side_effects = bool[];
+#define PYBIND11_EXPAND_SIDE_EFFECTS(PATTERN) pybind11::detail::expand_side_effects{ ((PATTERN), void(), false)..., false }
+#endif
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+
+/// Returns a named pointer that is shared among all extension modules (using the same
+/// pybind11 version) running in the current interpreter. Names starting with underscores
+/// are reserved for internal usage. Returns `nullptr` if no matching entry was found.
+inline PYBIND11_NOINLINE void* get_shared_data(const std::string& name) {
+    auto& internals = detail::get_internals();
+    auto it = internals.shared_data.find(name);
+    return it != internals.shared_data.end() ? it->second : nullptr;
+}
+
+/// Set the shared data that can be later recovered by `get_shared_data()`.
+inline PYBIND11_NOINLINE void *set_shared_data(const std::string& name, void *data) {
+    detail::get_internals().shared_data[name] = data;
+    return data;
+}
+
+/// Returns a typed reference to a shared data entry (by using `get_shared_data()`) if
+/// such entry exists. Otherwise, a new object of default-constructible type `T` is
+/// added to the shared data under the given name and a reference to it is returned.
+template<typename T> T& get_or_create_shared_data(const std::string& name) {
+    auto& internals = detail::get_internals();
+    auto it = internals.shared_data.find(name);
+    T* ptr = (T*) (it != internals.shared_data.end() ? it->second : nullptr);
+    if (!ptr) {
+        ptr = new T();
+        internals.shared_data[name] = ptr;
+    }
+    return *ptr;
+}
+
+/// C++ bindings of builtin Python exceptions
+class builtin_exception : public std::runtime_error {
+public:
+    using std::runtime_error::runtime_error;
+    /// Set the error using the Python C API
+    virtual void set_error() const = 0;
+};
+
+#define PYBIND11_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION(name, type) \
+    class name : public builtin_exception { public: \
+        using builtin_exception::builtin_exception; \
+        name() : name("") { } \
+        void set_error() const override { PyErr_SetString(type, what()); } \
+    };
+
+PYBIND11_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION(stop_iteration, PyExc_StopIteration)
+PYBIND11_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION(index_error, PyExc_IndexError)
+PYBIND11_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION(key_error, PyExc_KeyError)
+PYBIND11_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION(value_error, PyExc_ValueError)
+PYBIND11_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION(type_error, PyExc_TypeError)
+PYBIND11_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION(cast_error, PyExc_RuntimeError) /// Thrown when pybind11::cast or handle::call fail due to a type casting error
+PYBIND11_RUNTIME_EXCEPTION(reference_cast_error, PyExc_RuntimeError) /// Used internally
+
+[[noreturn]] PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline void pybind11_fail(const char *reason) { throw std::runtime_error(reason); }
+[[noreturn]] PYBIND11_NOINLINE inline void pybind11_fail(const std::string &reason) { throw std::runtime_error(reason); }
+
+template <typename T, typename SFINAE = void> struct format_descriptor { };
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+// Returns the index of the given type in the type char array below, and in the list in numpy.h
+// The order here is: bool; 8 ints ((signed,unsigned)x(8,16,32,64)bits); float,double,long double;
+// complex float,double,long double.  Note that the long double types only participate when long
+// double is actually longer than double (it isn't under MSVC).
+// NB: not only the string below but also complex.h and numpy.h rely on this order.
+template <typename T, typename SFINAE = void> struct is_fmt_numeric { static constexpr bool value = false; };
+template <typename T> struct is_fmt_numeric<T, enable_if_t<std::is_arithmetic<T>::value>> {
+    static constexpr bool value = true;
+    static constexpr int index = std::is_same<T, bool>::value ? 0 : 1 + (
+        std::is_integral<T>::value ? detail::log2(sizeof(T))*2 + std::is_unsigned<T>::value : 8 + (
+        std::is_same<T, double>::value ? 1 : std::is_same<T, long double>::value ? 2 : 0));
+};
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+
+template <typename T> struct format_descriptor<T, detail::enable_if_t<std::is_arithmetic<T>::value>> {
+    static constexpr const char c = "?bBhHiIqQfdg"[detail::is_fmt_numeric<T>::index];
+    static constexpr const char value[2] = { c, '\0' };
+    static std::string format() { return std::string(1, c); }
+};
+
+template <typename T> constexpr const char format_descriptor<
+    T, detail::enable_if_t<std::is_arithmetic<T>::value>>::value[2];
+
+/// RAII wrapper that temporarily clears any Python error state
+struct error_scope {
+    PyObject *type, *value, *trace;
+    error_scope() { PyErr_Fetch(&type, &value, &trace); }
+    ~error_scope() { PyErr_Restore(type, value, trace); }
+};
+
+/// Dummy destructor wrapper that can be used to expose classes with a private destructor
+struct nodelete { template <typename T> void operator()(T*) { } };
+
+// overload_cast requires variable templates: C++14
+#if defined(PYBIND11_CPP14)
+#define PYBIND11_OVERLOAD_CAST 1
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+template <typename... Args>
+struct overload_cast_impl {
+    template <typename Return>
+    constexpr auto operator()(Return (*pf)(Args...)) const noexcept
+                              -> decltype(pf) { return pf; }
+
+    template <typename Return, typename Class>
+    constexpr auto operator()(Return (Class::*pmf)(Args...), std::false_type = {}) const noexcept
+                              -> decltype(pmf) { return pmf; }
+
+    template <typename Return, typename Class>
+    constexpr auto operator()(Return (Class::*pmf)(Args...) const, std::true_type) const noexcept
+                              -> decltype(pmf) { return pmf; }
+};
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+
+/// Syntax sugar for resolving overloaded function pointers:
+///  - regular: static_cast<Return (Class::*)(Arg0, Arg1, Arg2)>(&Class::func)
+///  - sweet:   overload_cast<Arg0, Arg1, Arg2>(&Class::func)
+template <typename... Args>
+static constexpr detail::overload_cast_impl<Args...> overload_cast = {};
+// MSVC 2015 only accepts this particular initialization syntax for this variable template.
+
+/// Const member function selector for overload_cast
+///  - regular: static_cast<Return (Class::*)(Arg) const>(&Class::func)
+///  - sweet:   overload_cast<Arg>(&Class::func, const_)
+static constexpr auto const_ = std::true_type{};
+
+#else // no overload_cast: providing something that static_assert-fails:
+template <typename... Args> struct overload_cast {
+    static_assert(detail::deferred_t<std::false_type, Args...>::value,
+                  "pybind11::overload_cast<...> requires compiling in C++14 mode");
+};
+#endif // overload_cast
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+
+// Adaptor for converting arbitrary container arguments into a vector; implicitly convertible from
+// any standard container (or C-style array) supporting std::begin/std::end, any singleton
+// arithmetic type (if T is arithmetic), or explicitly constructible from an iterator pair.
+template <typename T>
+class any_container {
+    std::vector<T> v;
+public:
+    any_container() = default;
+
+    // Can construct from a pair of iterators
+    template <typename It, typename = enable_if_t<is_input_iterator<It>::value>>
+    any_container(It first, It last) : v(first, last) { }
+
+    // Implicit conversion constructor from any arbitrary container type with values convertible to T
+    template <typename Container, typename = enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<decltype(*std::begin(std::declval<const Container &>())), T>::value>>
+    any_container(const Container &c) : any_container(std::begin(c), std::end(c)) { }
+
+    // initializer_list's aren't deducible, so don't get matched by the above template; we need this
+    // to explicitly allow implicit conversion from one:
+    template <typename TIn, typename = enable_if_t<std::is_convertible<TIn, T>::value>>
+    any_container(const std::initializer_list<TIn> &c) : any_container(c.begin(), c.end()) { }
+
+    // Avoid copying if given an rvalue vector of the correct type.
+    any_container(std::vector<T> &&v) : v(std::move(v)) { }
+
+    // Moves the vector out of an rvalue any_container
+    operator std::vector<T> &&() && { return std::move(v); }
+
+    // Dereferencing obtains a reference to the underlying vector
+    std::vector<T> &operator*() { return v; }
+    const std::vector<T> &operator*() const { return v; }
+
+    // -> lets you call methods on the underlying vector
+    std::vector<T> *operator->() { return &v; }
+    const std::vector<T> *operator->() const { return &v; }
+};
+
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+
+
+
+NAMESPACE_END(pybind11)

ppocr/postprocess/lanms/include/pybind11/complex.h

+/*
+    pybind11/complex.h: Complex number support
+
+    Copyright (c) 2016 Wenzel Jakob <wenzel.jakob@epfl.ch>
+
+    All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by a
+    BSD-style license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+*/
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "pybind11.h"
+#include <complex>
+
+/// glibc defines I as a macro which breaks things, e.g., boost template names
+#ifdef I
+#  undef I
+#endif
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(pybind11)
+
+template <typename T> struct format_descriptor<std::complex<T>, detail::enable_if_t<std::is_floating_point<T>::value>> {
+    static constexpr const char c = format_descriptor<T>::c;
+    static constexpr const char value[3] = { 'Z', c, '\0' };
+    static std::string format() { return std::string(value); }
+};
+
+template <typename T> constexpr const char format_descriptor<
+    std::complex<T>, detail::enable_if_t<std::is_floating_point<T>::value>>::value[3];
+
+NAMESPACE_BEGIN(detail)
+
+template <typename T> struct is_fmt_numeric<std::complex<T>, detail::enable_if_t<std::is_floating_point<T>::value>> {
+    static constexpr bool value = true;
+    static constexpr int index = is_fmt_numeric<T>::index + 3;
+};
+
+template <typename T> class type_caster<std::complex<T>> {
+public:
+    bool load(handle src, bool convert) {
+        if (!src)
+            return false;
+        if (!convert && !PyComplex_Check(src.ptr()))
+            return false;
+        Py_complex result = PyComplex_AsCComplex(src.ptr());
+        if (result.real == -1.0 && PyErr_Occurred()) {
+            PyErr_Clear();
+            return false;
+        }
+        value = std::complex<T>((T) result.real, (T) result.imag);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    static handle cast(const std::complex<T> &src, return_value_policy /* policy */, handle /* parent */) {
+        return PyComplex_FromDoubles((double) src.real(), (double) src.imag());
+    }
+
+    PYBIND11_TYPE_CASTER(std::complex<T>, _("complex"));
+};
+NAMESPACE_END(detail)
+NAMESPACE_END(pybind11)